repeater network application guide

NTY311AX

*A0805698*

Nortel Networks

OPTera Long Haul 1600 Optical Line SystemRepeater Network Application Guide

Standard Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5 July 2000

What’s inside...

IntroductionNetwork featuresOAM&P featuresEngineering rulesTechnical specificationsOrdering informationEngineering documentationTechnical support and information

Copyright 2000 Nortel Networks, All Rights Reserved.

The information contained herein is the property of Nortel Networks and is strictly confidential. Except as expressly authorized in writing by Nortel Networks, the holder shall keep all information contained herein confidential, shall disclose it only to its employees with a need to know, and shall protect it, in whole or in part, from disclosure and dissemination to third parties with the same degree of care it uses to protect its own confidential information, but with no less than reasonable care. Except as expressly authorized in writing by Nortel Networks, the holder is granted no rights to use the information contained herein.

*Nortel Networks, the Nortel Networks logo, the Globemark, How the World Shares Ideas, S/DMS TransportNode, OPTera, Preside, and Unified Networks are trademarks of Nortel Networks.

UNIX is a trademark of X/Open Company, Ltd.VT100 is a trademark of Digital Equipment Corporation.

Printed in Canada and in the United Kingdom

iii

Publication history 0July 2000

Issue 5 of this document reflects the new product names for what was formerly OPTera LH.

April 2000Issue 4 of this document includes additional corrections and updates in the Ordering section and engineering rules.

March 2000Issue 3 of this document includes corrections and updates in the Ordering section and engineering rules.

December 1999Issue 2 is the first Standard issue of this document.

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

iv Publication history

OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTY311AX Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5

v

Contents 0About this document xi

Introduction 1-1Document overview 1-1Chapter overview 1-1Building the optical Internet: an overview of OPTera Long Haul 1600 1-2An overview of the optical network systems 1-4

Market evolution towards high-capacity transport networks 1-4Key enabling technologies for optical network solutions 1-6Nortel Networks ITU-T compliant wavelength grid 1-7

OPTera Long Haul 1600 service requirements for leading-edge applications 1-8Local and Express Traffic Routing 1-9Wavelength leasing 1-9Premium quality IP service offerings 1-10

Key benefits offered by the OPTera Long Haul 1600 platform 1-13Maximum fiber utilization and return on invested capital 1-13Lowest cost per bit transport 1-13Service flexibility 1-14Scalability 1-14Protection of prior investment 1-14Multivendor product integration 1-14Mid-Stage Access (MSA) 1-14Manageability 1-14Revenue growth 1-15High-quality service 1-15Survivability 1-15Service differentiation 1-15

The OPTera Long Haul 1600 network application guide family 1-15OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater NE general feature set 1-16

Open interfaces 1-17Transparency of services 1-17Full SONET/SDH regeneration 1-17Multiwavelength optical repeater (MOR) Plus support 1-17Optical Add-Drop Multiplexing (OADM) 1-18Capacity 1-18

Summary of features offered with OPTera Long Haul 1600 releases 1-18


vi Contents

Network features 2-1Chapter overview 2-1Network overview 2-1Open optical interface 2-3Service transparency 2-5

Terminology 2-5Topology and general concepts 2-5Wavelength Translator application 2-8

Dense regenerator application 2-13Single circuit pack 10Gbit/s SONET/SDH regeneration 2-13MOR Plus amplifier support 2-14

OPTera Long Haul 1600 platform 2-14OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater 2-16

Equipment density and capacity 2-17Amplifier capacity 2-18

Globalization 2-18

OAM&P features 3-1Chapter overview 3-1Autoprovisioning 3-1Orderwire 3-2Performance monitoring 3-4OPC support 3-5

OPC software features 3-5Span of control engineering guidelines 3-6

INM support 3-6INM software features 3-7

64K NE ID 3-732M SC 3-7Routing fundamentals 3-8

Level 1 routing concepts 3-8Level 2 routing concepts 3-11

CLUI, WUI, and OPC UI 3-17External communications (DCC, OSC) 3-20Product upgrade paths 3-21Network management 3-22

B1 byte provisioning functionality 3-22Alarms 3-24

Engineering rules 4-1Chapter overview 4-1Frame equipment 4-1

Power 4-4Breaker/filter modules 4-4Fiber management trays 4-8Fiber guides 4-9

Circuit packs 4-112.5G WT and 10G WT open optical interfaces 4-15OC-192/STM-64 XR single regenerator interface 4-15Filler circuit packs (or filler cards) 4-15


Contents vii

Mandatory control shelf circuit packs 4-16Breaker/filter module 4-16Shelf Controller (SC) 4-16Maintenance Interface (MI) 4-16Message Exchange (MX) 4-16

Optional control shelf circuit packs 4-17OPC controller (POPC-C) 4-17OPC storage (POPC-S) 4-17OPC interface (POPC-I) 4-17Message exchange (protection) 4-17Parallel Telemetry (PT) 4-17Orderwire (OW) 4-17

OPC definition 4-18Maximum number of NEs in a span of control 4-18Communication between the POPC and other NEs through optical fiber 4-19Communication between the partitioned OPC (POPC) and independent networks

over the Ethernet DCC bridge 4-20Location of the partitioned OPC (POPC) in a network 4-21One span of control: OPTera Long Haul 1600 system rules 4-21Multiple spans of control: OPTera Long Haul 1600 system rules 4-21

Second extension shelf equipping rules 4-22Circuit pack equipping rules 4-22

G-naming and pairing boundaries 4-22Power Optimizer interworking 4-27Deployment examples 4-28Typical bay configurations 4-32

Examples of system configurations using OPTera Long Haul 1600 bays as Repeaters 4-32

32-wavelength open interface using 4 OPTera Long Haul 1600 bays with 10G WT as a wavelength translator 4-33

32-wavelength regenerator configuration using 4 OPTera Long Haul 1600 bays with 10G XR as a regenerator 4-36

8-wavelength bidirectional configuration using 3 OPTera Long Haul 1600 bays over a single fiber-optic link carrying unprotected traffic 4-39

8-wavelength bidirectional configuration using 3 OPTera Long Haul 1600 bays over two fiber-optic links carrying protected traffic 4-46

Limitations 4-55Network reconfiguration 4-55INM 4-55External communications 4-56Wavelength overlay deployment 4-56Globalization phase 1 4-56OPC support 4-57Orderwire (OW) 4-57Interworking baseline 4-57

Technical specifications 5-1Chapter overview 5-1Safety specifications 5-2Site engineering 5-2

Maximum cable length (Ethernet and STS-48) 5-6


viii Contents

Mechanical specifications 5-6Environmental specifications 5-8

Operational ambient temperature 5-8Non-operational ambient temperature (shipping/storage) 5-8Relative humidity 5-8Altitude 5-9Atmospheric dust 5-9Mechanical shock and vibration 5-9

Power requirements 5-10Power distribution 5-10Power installation requirements 5-11Grounding and isolation 5-11Circuit pack power estimates 5-12

Electromagnetic compatibility 5-12Emissions 5-12Susceptibility/Immunity 5-13Electrostatic discharge and electrical fast transient 5-14

Parallel telemetry output relay rated capacity 5-14Optical interface specifications 5-15Circuit pack specifications 5-15

MOR Plus amplifier circuit pack 5-16MOR Plus/1625 nm OSC circuit pack 5-16OC-192/STM-64 XR circuit pack (transponder/regenerator) 5-162.5G WT circuit pack for 2.5 Gbit/s open optical interfaces 5-1610G WT circuit pack for 10 Gbit/s open optical interfaces 5-16DWDM couplers 5-17Dispersion Compensation Modules (DCM) 5-17

Ordering information 6-1Hardware baseline 6-2Bay assembly 6-2Bay equipment 6-3

Engineering rules 6-4Frame accessories 6-4

Engineering rules 6-5Standard fiber management hardware 6-6DWDM shelf assembly 6-8Eight-wavelength DWDM couplers (200 GHz) 6-9Eight-wavelength DWDM couplers (100 GHz) 6-916-wavelength DWDM coupler upgrades (200 GHz) 6-916-wavelength DWDM coupler upgrades for TrueWave ClassicTM fiber (200

GHz) 6-916-wavelength DWDM coupler upgrades (100 GHz) 6-924- and 32-wavelength DWDM coupler upgrades (100 GHz) 6-10DSF per-band access (PBA) DWDM couplers (200 GHz) 6-10Per-band access (PBA) DWDM couplers (200 GHz) 6-10Dual splitter per-band access (PBA) DWDM couplers 6-10Fixed 2-wavelength optical add-drop multiplexer (OADM) DWDM couplers 6-10DCM assemblies 6-10Spare WDM couplers 6-10Miscellaneous items 6-11


Contents ix

OPTera Long Haul 1600 transport interfaces 6-11Multiwavelength optical repeater (MOR) Plus and Optical Service Channel (OSC)

circuit packs 6-20Optical connector adapter kit 6-21Common equipment circuit packs 6-22Common equipment building blocks 6-24Filler circuit packs 6-24Optical cables 6-25User interface cables 6-27Ethernet cables 6-28OPC cables 6-29Parallel telemetry cables 6-30Orderwire cables 6-30Miscellaneous cables 6-31Software loads 6-31Software licenses 6-32Software building blocks 6-32OPTera Long Haul 1600 maintenance interface and software load 6-33OPTera Long Haul 1600 operations controller and software load building block 6-34OPTera Long Haul 1600 software load on tape 6-35OPTera Long Haul 1600 storage module and software load 6-36OPTera Long Haul 1600 flash cartridge with software load 6-37

Engineering documentation 7-1Nortel Networks Technical Publication (NTP) packages 7-1Network Manager documentation 7-2Preside documentation 7-2Change Application Procedures (CAPs) 7-2Application guides and additional documentation 7-3

Technical support and information 8-1For problems that affect service 8-1For problems that do not affect service 8-1United Kingdom and Europe 8-1

Index 9-1


x Contents


xi

About this documentThis document contains network application planning information for the Nortel Networks OPTera Long Haul 1600 Optical Line System (formerly OPTera LH) Release 1.2 and 1.5 Repeater.

AudienceThis document has been written for the following members of the operating company with basic knowledge of fiber optics fundamentals:

• strategic and current planners

• provisioners

• transmission standards engineers

• network administrators

Note: See the OLA family of planning guides (100 GHz, 200 GHz, MOR Plus, and OADM) included in the “References” section in this chapter for details on the following subjects:

– link budget considerations

– optical layer applications (OLA)

– a description of optical networks

– a description of commercially available optical fiber types

– an overview of fiber-optic fundamentals

References This document includes the following references:

• OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2, 1.5 and 2 NTP Library (NTCA65EA)

• Combiner Network Application Guide (NTY312AX)

• 100 GHz, MOR Plus, 2 to 32-λ Optical Layer Applications Guide (NTY312DX)

• 200 GHz, MOR/MOR Plus, 2 to 16-λ Optical Layer Applications Guide (NTY311DX)


xii About this document

• MOR Plus Optical Add/Drop Applications Guide (NTY313DX)

• S/DMS TransportNode OC-192 Release 7 NTP Library (NTCA65AG)

• S/DMS TransportNode OC-192 Release 7 Planning Guide (PG OC 99-17)

• SDH Transmission TN-64X Documentation Suite, Release 2 (NTCE64AB)

• Integrated Network Management (INM) Broadband, Release 5.0 (323-4001-XXX and 323-4031-XXX)

• Preside Documentation (450-3101-XXX)


1-1

Introduction 1-Document overview

This document contains the following chapters:

• Chapter 1, “Introduction”

• Chapter 2, “Network features”

• Chapter 3, “OAM&P features”

• Chapter 4, “Engineering rules”

• Chapter 5, “Technical specifications”

• Chapter 6, “Ordering information”

• Chapter 7, “Engineering documentation”

• Chapter 8, “Technical support and information”

Chapter overviewThis chapter contains the following sections:

• Building the optical Internet: an overview of OPTera Long Haul 1600 on page 1-2

• An overview of the optical network systems on page 1-4

• OPTera Long Haul 1600 service requirements for leading-edge applications on page 1-8

• Key benefits offered by the OPTera Long Haul 1600 platform on page 1-13

• The OPTera Long Haul 1600 network application guide family on page 1-15

• OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater NE general feature set on page 1-16

• Summary of features offered with OPTera Long Haul 1600 releases on page 1-18


1-2 Introduction

Building the optical Internet: an overview of OPTera Long Haul 1600The Internet is introducing a social discontinuity as profound as that caused by the printing press or electricity, changing the way people communicate, educate, entertain and conduct business. To realize its full potential, however, the Internet requires significant improvements in reliability, speed and flexibility. For this reason Nortel Networks is creating the Optical Internet, a vision of massive bandwidth that is totally reliable, completely flexible and extremely affordable.

These attributes are key to the Optical Internet and based on real-life experiences obtained by delivering over 75% of the optical connectivity for today’s Internet backbone traffic.

Nortel Networks is using this experience to create the end-to-end network foundation built upon the massive bandwidth and optical economics of the OPTera family of solutions. The OPTera family includes:

• OPTera Metro, which delivers unprecedented capacity and service transparency to the edge of the network to enable truly forecast-tolerant networking

• OPTera Long Haul 1600, which builds on Nortel Networks long-haul DWDM leadership to provide open, managed terabit networks in the backbone

• OPTera Connect DX, which provides scalable connection management solutions including network-aware provisioning and restoration capabilities

• OPTera Packet Solution, which provides intelligent interworking between OPTera Connect DX and the OPTera Packet Core switch/router to deliver dynamic bandwidth management and coordinated fault recovery through a unified network solution

The following introduction describes how the OPTera Long Haul 1600 building blocks can be used in conjunction with end-to-end Integrated Network Management (INM) to create the Optical Internet backbone.

Massive bandwidthThe OPTera Long Haul 1600 provides not only industry-leading system capacity but also scalable architectures that align infrastructure deployment with service revenue. For example, today’s OPTera Long Haul 1600 deployment can provide an initial capacity from 2.5 Gbit/s to 320 Gbit/s and then scaled beyond 1 Tbit/s for each fiber to align revenues, expenditures and protect capital investment.


Introduction 1-3

Totally reliableBuilding on the success of the S/DMS TransportNode OC-192/TN-64X, which accounts for greater than 90% of the survivable 10-Gbit/s systems in the world, Nortel Networks is also creating optical layer protection and restoration methods for increasingly fast data connections. OPTera Long Haul 1600 Wavelength Translators (Release 1.2 and 1.5) deliver point-to-point connectivity for services at 2.5 Gbit/s and 10 Gbit/s. The OPTera Long Haul 1600 Wavelength Combiner (Release 2) provides a multi-service aggregation capability at 10 Gbit/s. OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2, 1.5, and 2 also augment service evolution to optical switching. Optical protection switching and restoration will be part of future releases of the OPTera Long Haul 1600 product portfolio.

Completely flexibleThe modular design approach of the OPTera Long Haul 1600 platform ensures maximum flexibility in the face of ever-changing service requirements. A complete portfolio of “on ramps” is available with OPTera Long Haul 1600 to provide the appropriate level of service granularity (up to 10 Gbit/s) and protection (from best effort to mission-critical data). The modular and scalable OPTera Long Haul 1600 optical amplifiers, deployable on the OPTera Long Haul 1600 platform, will allow cost-effective deployment of a single channel system to be grown to 160 wavelengths providing 1.6 Tbit/s of capacity on each fiber. Finally, because geographic traffic patterns can change over time, wavelengths can be accessed through optical ADMs that provide access at intermediate offices throughout the network.

Extremely affordableNortel Networks long-haul leadership is built upon the simple tenet of delivering the lowest cost for each managed bit. The OPTera Long Haul 1600 portfolio continues this tradition with innovations such as the Wavelength Combiner that provides open channel access to the DWDM layer while providing network-level efficiencies through aggregation of multiple bit streams onto a single 10-Gbit/s wavelength.


1-4 Introduction

An overview of the optical network systemsThe following sections provide an overview of optical networks systems including:

• Market evolution towards high-capacity transport networks on page 1-4

• Key enabling technologies for optical network solutions on page 1-6

• Nortel Networks ITU-T compliant wavelength grid on page 1-7

• OPTera Long Haul 1600 service requirements for leading-edge applications on page 1-8

Note: For details on the Nortel Networks DWDM bidirectional architecture solution, see S/DMS TransportNode 200 GHz, MOR/MOR Plus, 2- to 16-wavelength Optical Layer Applications Guide, NTY311DX, and 100 GHz, MOR/MOR Plus, 2- to 32-wavelength Optical Layer Applications Guide, NTY312DX.

Market evolution towards high-capacity transport networksIncreasing traffic levels and market demand for new broadband services (for example, Internet, digital video) require transmission capacities beyond what can be achieved by past fiber transmission systems. To avoid the need for costly new fiber plant, network planners are turning to optical solutions, such as wavelength division multiplexing (WDM), to increase the traffic-carrying capacity of their existing fiber plant. By multiplexing several wavelengths onto a single fiber, you can increase the capacity of existing and new fiber plants in an efficient and cost-effective way.

Optical amplifier technology has overcome fiber attenuation inherent to long- distance transport networks and replaced traditional electrical regenerators. These technology advancements led to the construction of high-capacity “optical pipes” and allow traffic of a maximum of 320-Gbit/s aggregate capacity for each fiber using Nortel Networks multiwavelength optical repeater (MOR) Plus supported by OPTera Long Haul 1600.

Note: Aggregate capacity is defined as the sum of the optical channel capacity for both directions of a communications link. An 8-wavelength, bidirectional system multiplexing 10 Gbit/s DWDM channels has 4 wavelengths (λ) in the RED band and 4 wavelengths in the BLUE band, for an aggregate capacity of 40 + 40 = 80 Gbit/s.

With other optical network components and features such as optical service channels (OSC), analog monitoring of optical signals, λ add/drop and dispersion compensation techniques, the traditional physical layer has evolved into an optical layer that now forms the backbone of any modern transport network. Since Nortel Networks has entered the optical amplifier market, the company has been at the forefront of developing new optical products and applications to support the emerging optical layer. Nortel Networks’s approach


Introduction 1-5

is driven by a view of a transport network where the data and optical layers are seamlessly integrated to create a single managed network for both integrated and open platform architectures.

Nortel Networks optical applications portfolio provides solutions for high-capacity networks using DWDM coupler and transmitter technology coupled with multiwavelength optical amplifiers. Currently, a maximum of 32 wavelengths at 2.5 Gbit/s and 10 Gbit/s are available, with additional wavelengths being planned. This offering makes transport capacities of a maximum of 320 Gbit/s for each fiber (bidirectional) possible. Nortel Networks has also led optical layer management features such as analog maintenance, power optimizer, and a built-in reflection monitoring tool to ensure the effective deployment and maintenance of the optical layer. Integrated network management (INM) of the data and optical layers provide additional efficiencies in the operation, maintenance, and troubleshooting of a Nortel Networks high-capacity solution.

For operations, administration, maintenance, and provisioning (OAM&P) features, additional out-of-band optical signals are reserved to provide one or more optical service channels (OSC). The channels provide remote access to optical amplifier sites. The OSC signals are coupled onto the fiber with traffic-carrying channels but are detected and processed at the MOR/MOR Plus line amplifier sites.

Nortel Networks provides both an integrated product solution for SONET, SDH and optical layer applications and an open platform where signals from a variety of sources and protocols can be multiplexed in the DWDM backbone system. Components used in these systems can include the following:

• S/DMS TransportNode OC-48 and OC-192 hardware

• Wavelength Translators for open architecture

• MOR Plus amplifiers

• DWDM couplers

• dispersion compensating modules (DCMs)

Nortel Networks supplies all of these components.

Deploying a DWDM system entirely with Nortel Networks components gives the advantage of an end-to-end system performance guarantee for any optical layer application. Although high-level specifications are provided for Nortel Networks components such as DWDM couplers or DCMs, the use of these guidelines is not recommended for purchasing equivalent equipment from other vendors. Nortel Networks ensures compliance to strict specification requirements at all levels of its manufacturing process (including subcontractors). The result is a fully compliant component that ensures a minimum baseline for end-of-life (EOL) performance.


1-6 Introduction

Key enabling technologies for optical network solutionsA generic optical layer solution contains a number of key technology components that set it apart from a traditional SONET/SDH network. For optical layer applications with a spacing of 100 GHz between the optical channels, Nortel Networks provides the following:

• DWDM transmitters and wavelength translators with tightly controlled wavelengths

Nortel Networks offers DWDM transmitters at both 2.5 Gbit/s and 10 Gbit/s line rates for a maximum of 32 wavelengths on the MOR Plus amplifier. The Wavelength Translator (WT) supports service transparency over a SONET/SDH line configuration within a DWDM optical grid. In OPTera Long Haul 1600, both 2.5 Gbit/s and 10 Gbit/s line rates are supported.


MOR Plus amplifiers, which are an evolution of the MOR amplifier, can amplify a maximum of 32 optical channels. The MOR Plus amplifier is the baseline amplifier for 100 GHz-32λ applications, and provides a mid-stage access (MSA) functionality where components such as dispersion compensating modules (DCMs) or optical add/drop (OADM) couplers can be inserted, improving deployment flexibility.

The losses associated with these couplers do not limit the optical reach of the link. It is possible to have the following:

– more than one sandwich site for each optical link with no impact on link budgets

– increased dynamic range at the preamplifier (Pre) site

– a per-band access (PBA) architecture that improves the reach on NZ-DSF and DSF fiber types.

• DWDM couplers

DWDM couplers multiplex and demultiplex optical channels into and out of a single fiber. These couplers consist of passive filters that are packaged as stand-alone optical components, with one port for each DWDM channel and a common port that connects to the fiber plant. Monitoring taps, variable optical attenuators for received power adjustment, and expansion ports for upgrades can also be included.

• Optical add/drop couplers

Optical add/drop couplers selectively add and drop DWDM channels at a site, while passing through other channels in the optical link. Such configurations allow for improved connectivity and flexibility in offering services such as wavelength leasing.

• Dispersion compensation modules (DCM)


Introduction 1-7

DCMs are used to counter chromatic dispersion in long-haul transmission systems. DCMs contain dispersion compensating fiber that applies a predefined level of dispersion to reconstruct (compress) the optical pulses. Optical pulses must be reconstructed after they have broadened over a given length of standard fiber, and, in some cases, dispersion-shifted fiber.

Nortel Networks ITU-T compliant wavelength gridThe International Telecommunications Union-Telecommunications (ITU-T) standard (ITU-T Rec. B.15 “Nomenclature of frequency and wavelength bands used in Telecommunications” standard) defines the spectrum for frequencies and frequency bands for input signals to a DWDM system. Currently up to 16 wavelengths selected from the ITU-T wavelength grid are provided with the OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2 Repeater system. Release 1.5 provides up to 32 wavelengths also selected from the ITU-T wavelength grid. Figure 1-1, Nortel Networks, ITU-T grid on page 1-8 shows the ITU-T 100-GHz wavelength grid. The ITU-T standard dictates that the minimum spacing between wavelengths within a band is 100 GHz.

The MOR Plus amplifier and DWDM systems use the erbium-doped fiber amplifier (EDFA) spectrum that extends from 1526 nanometers (nm) to 1560.5 nm. Currently, a maximum of 32 wavelengths selected from the ITU-T wavelength grid are provided.

To simplify network planning of a bidirectional DWDM architecture, Nortel Networks wavelength plan is divided into a RED band (1547.50 to 1561.00 nm) and a BLUE band (1527.50 to 1542.50 nm). One RED and one BLUE wavelength make up a bidirectional data channel.

To ensure optimal use of the MOR Plus gain spectrum, the OSC wavelength is allocated outside the 2.5 Gbit/s and 10 Gbit/s channel wavelength plan grid. OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2/1.5 supports the OSC wavelengths at 1510 nm and 1625 nm (if required for single fiber applications).


1-8 Introduction

Figure 1-1Nortel Networks, ITU-T grid

F4714-MOR_R80.eps

OPTera Long Haul 1600 service requirements for leading-edge applications

Nortel Networks OPTera Long Haul 1600 solutions offer cost-effective integration of a wide variety of SONET, SDH, IP, and ATM services onto a single multivendor/multi-technology fiber backbone capable of an aggregate capacity of up to 1.6 Tbit/s. This section highlights important value-added benefits provided by OPTera Long Haul 1600 solutions when addressing the evolving needs of 21st century networks.

These leading-edge applications fall into three key areas:

• Local and Express Traffic Routing

• Wavelength leasing

• Premium quality IP service offerings

See Figure 1-2, “IP and ATM point-to-point/wavelength leasing service” on page 1-12.

MOR RED BAND1547.5 - 1561.0 nm

MOR BLUE BAND1527.5 - 1542.5 nm

Channel

Wavelength (nm)

OSC1510

OSC1625

1547

.72

1548

.51

1549

.32

1550

.12

1550

.92

1551

.72

1552

.52

1553

.33

1554

.13

1554

.94

1555

.75

1556

.55

1557

.36

1558

.17

1558

.98

1559

.79

1560

.61

Channel

Wavelength (nm)

OSC1510

OSC1625

1528

.77

1529

.55

1530

.33

1531

.12

1531

.90

1532

.68

1533

.47

1534

.25

1535

.04

1535

.82

1536

.61

1537

.40

1538

.19

1538

.98

1539

.77

1540

.56

1541

.35


Introduction 1-9

Local and Express Traffic RoutingHigh-capacity DWDM routes maximize the return on investments made in fiber plant by allowing many wavelengths to share a single fiber. While this advantage helps carriers realize greater revenue at lower cost of ownership, wavelengths must be efficiently managed to prevent the introduction of new types of cost and complexity. For example, a carefully designed DWDM route should be able to efficiently distribute traffic among its intermediate locations and transport traffic from end to end. If carriers attempt to multiplex/demultiplex large numbers of wavelengths at intermediate sites, costs and complexity can quickly get out of control.

OPTera Long Haul 1600 offers all the right optical networking building blocks for cost-effective distribution of traffic along a DWDM route (see Figure 1-3 on page 1-13). Through traffic is efficiently aggregated for “express” transport to the far end using Wavelength Combiners. Wavelengths carrying add/drop “local” traffic can be placed on the DWDM backbone using wavelength translators. Both building blocks feature open optical interfaces for compatibility with many different SONET, SDH, IP, and ATM services. Wavelengths for local traffic at intermediate sites are added/dropped using passive OADM coupler modules that allow cost-effective transparent pass through of the remaining wavelengths carrying express traffic. The OADM couplers interconnect through the MOR Plus/OPTera Long Haul 1600 mid-stage access feature. OADM couplers do not materially affect either optical link budgets or the number of fiber spans supported.

The OPTera Long Haul 1600 platform’s OADM building block provides a high degree of application flexibility in handling both symmetrical and asymmetrical traffic patterns along a DWDM route.

Wavelength leasing The tremendous growth of Internet-based services has created a huge demand for high bandwidth interconnections in backbone networks. This demand is driven in large part by new service providers who do not wish to build their own facilities but still seek scalable solutions to accommodate their rapid growth. As a result, there is a tremendous market opportunity for the wholesaling of bandwidth and wavelengths. Nortel Networks OPTera Long Haul 1600 offers an ideal wavelength leasing capability through its unique ability to offer managed, scaled service rates and nearly error-free transmission quality. These attributes create both service differentiation and larger addressable markets.

The key is the unmatched flexibility of OPTera Long Haul 1600 that provides open channel access through a choice of the following:

• Wavelength Translator (Release 1.2 and Release 1.5)

• Wavelength Combiner (Release 2), or

• Optical Add-Drop Multiplexer (OADM) (all releases)


1-10 Introduction

These choices and the OPTera Long Haul 1600 management toolset permits end user control of leased facilities with no compromise in network management by the service provider.

OPTera Long Haul 1600 Wavelength Translator and Combiner offers leased wavelength services from 2.5 Gbit/s to 10 Gbit/s, with future capacities from 622 Mbit/s: the most comprehensive service range available. Moreover, these wavelengths can be combined with wavelengths carrying protected services in a mix-and-match manner over a single-line infrastructure, simplifying the network design dramatically by eliminating any need for pre-planning based on anticipated service mix. This forecast-tolerant design even extends to geographic flexibility. The OADM enables individual wavelengths to be routed based upon end user demands as they arise, not by any pre-planned network topology.

Fundamental to wavelength leasing is the ability to offer transparent access across the service provider domain, providing a seamless logical network to the end user. The Nortel Networks solution offers much more than this baseline functionality. Nortel Networks also provides a definable logical network view to the end user through Integrated Network Management (INM). Using INM and the full suite of optical management tools resident upon the OPTera Long Haul 1600, the service provider can provide open channel access at guaranteed, measurable, and reportable performance levels.

In addition to the innovative OPTera Long Haul 1600 optical toolset that permits per-wavelength power and signal monitoring and control, Nortel Networks provides the ability to selectively determine the treatment of overhead bytes as they cross the system. A key benefit of this flexibility is realized with wavelength leasing by allowing the service provider to pass overhead bytes through the network untouched. The wavelength translator feature maintains transparency, while still monitoring overhead byte status to quickly identify troubles with the network.

Premium quality IP service offeringsAs the service mix transported by fiber-optic networks becomes increasingly data-centric, carriers must explore new solutions to optimize their networks for IP-based services.

The OPTera Long Haul 1600 platform offers two important advantages toward this end in that:

• It allows IP data traffic to be placed directly on fiber backbones without costly and unnecessary SONET/SDH multiplexing.

• It provides major service quality features that can transform traditional data transport applications to full “carrier-grade” service offerings.


Introduction 1-11

The increased native data traffic in turn creates demand for superior network reliability and performance. The Nortel Networks OPTera portfolio offers a suite of solutions to meet these customer requirements.

OPTera Long Haul 1600 is designed to accommodate all the functions of the optical layer in an open architecture platform, providing end-to-end data networking over the whole line at various tributary rates without compromising the reliability and performance of mission-critical data and voice transport services.

With the OPTera Long Haul 1600 Wavelength Translators, Nortel Networks extends the capacity advantages and fiber savings of DWDM technology to open environments consisting of a variety of network elements from multiple equipment vendors. The Wavelength Translators support inputs from IP/ATM or SONET/SDH equipment and convert them into ITU-compliant DWDM wavelengths to enable transmission through the optical network.

Nortel Networks OPTera Long Haul 1600 is the future of high-capacity, long-haul transport. With industry-leading capacity service flexibility, OPTera Long Haul 1600 offers future-proof solutions for the global high-capacity transport challenges of the 21st century.


1-12 Introduction

Figure 1-2IP and ATM point-to-point/wavelength leasing service

OTP0130.eps

λλOff Ramp

λOn Ramp

XR

10G Regenerator

4:1 λCombiner

4:1 λCombiner

and

and

and

or

or

or

and

and

and

or

or

or

• λ-Combiner provides multi-service capabilityfor 10 Gbps λ

• λ-Translator delivers point-to-point connectivityfor 1 service for 2.5G/10Gb λ

• λ-Combiner and λ-Translator augment serviceevolution to optical rings

ATM

IP overSONET/SDH

GigabitEthernet

ATM

IP overSONET/SDH

GigabitEthernet

ATM

IP overSONET/SDH

GigabitEthernet

ATM

IP overSONET/SDH

GigabitEthernet

SONET/SDHterminals

OPTeraLong Haul

1600Combiner

OPTeraLong Haul

1600Combiner

OPTeraLong Haul

1600Repeater

OPTeraLong Haul

1600Repeater

OPTeraLong Haul

1600Repeater

OPTeraLong Haul

1600Repeater


Introduction 1-13

Figure 1-3Optical layer traffic routing using OPTera Long Haul 1600

OTP0222.eps

Key benefits offered by the OPTera Long Haul 1600 platformNortel Networks OPTera Long Haul 1600 platform offers many competitive advantages to carriers as shown in the following benefits list.

Maximum fiber utilization and return on invested capitalOPTera Long Haul 1600 can provide aggregate span capacities of up to 1.6 Tbit/s for the absolute maximum return on capital invested in fiber plant. In many cases, carriers can avoid or defer the large capital outlays and long lead times associated with new fiber deployment.

Lowest cost per bit transportOPTera Long Haul 1600 offers an all optical, high-density transport platform (up to 15 bidirectional 10-Gbit/s channels for each 7-foot bay using single-circuit pack regenerators or planned single-circuit pack Wavelength Translators), enabling the lowest possible costs for each transported bit

OADMCouplers

ExpressTraffic

ExpressTraffic

LocalTraffic

LocalTraffic

LocalTraffic

OPTera LHWavelengthTranslators

or Combiners


or Combiners


or Combiners


or Combiners


or Combiners

MOR Plus orOPTera 1600Gline amplifierconfiguration

Up to 1.6 Tb/saggregatebackbonecapacityDWDM

coupler

DWDMcoupler

Mid-stageAccess

10 Gb/s

2.5/10 Gb/s

2.5/10 Gb/s

10 Gb/s


1-14 Introduction

without unnecessary SONET/SDH multiplexing. This arrangement allows carriers to realize substantial savings in capital equipment costs, operational costs, and footprint requirements.

Service flexibilityOPTera Long Haul 1600 is equally adept at handling circuit-based services (such as voice), IP packet data, and cell-based ATM traffic. As a global transport platform, OPTera Long Haul 1600 concurrently supports both SONET and SDH traffic in the service mix. Carriers are always ready to meet any service requirement, even when actual demand differs substantially from earlier forecasts. Service expansion granularity can be as low as 622 Mbit/s with future OPTera Long Haul 1600 releases.

ScalabilityOPTera Long Haul 1600 backbones easily scale up to 1.6-Tbit/s bandwidth, ample capacity to meet the needs of even the largest networks for years to come. A modular architecture keeps today’s costs in line with current capacity requirements.

Protection of prior investmentOPTera Long Haul 1600 is designed to aggregate existing 2.5-Gbit/s and 10-Gbit/s backbones into a unified DWDM configuration so prior investment in legacy systems is protected.

Multivendor product integrationOpen optical interfaces allow easy integration with a varied portfolio of legacy systems, including SONET, SDH, IP, and ATM network elements from Nortel Networks and other vendors.

Mid-Stage Access (MSA)MOR Plus and OPTera Long Haul 1600 optical line amplifier configurations support mid-stage access that enables insertion of inline optical components without impacting optical link budgets for advanced optical networking applications such as distributed dispersion compensation, wavelength add/drop, and optical cross connection.

ManageabilityNortel Networks proven Integrated Network Management (INM) solution supports the OPTera Long Haul 1600 platform, S/DMS TransportNode, and many other transport and access products. INM permits seamless network management from end to end. OPTera Long Haul 1600 also offers many built-in optical layer maintenance tools that enable non-intrusive (in-service) optical power measurement, analysis, control, and optimization without the need of expensive external test equipment.


Introduction 1-15

Revenue growthWith easy expendability and powerful optical layer tools for fast service turn-up, OPTera Long Haul 1600 helps carriers maximize revenue growth from new service offerings.

High-quality serviceBuilt-in forward error correction (FEC) on SONET/SDH regenerators (soon to be offered on Wavelength Translators) permits virtually error-free transmission (guaranteed 10-15 BER) that can handle even the most demanding service quality objectives. Service quality is further enhanced by numerous proactive optical layer performance monitoring functions that reveal problems before service is affected. Advanced optical layer maintenance tools also help carriers deliver a very high level of service quality and robustness.

SurvivabilityIn conjunction with its future optical protection ring architecture, OPTera Long Haul 1600 offers full-time, always on availability on a per-channel basis.

Service differentiationCarriers can exploit OPTera Long Haul 1600 service quality, survivability, and optical layer management features to gain a competitive edge through differentiated service offerings.

The OPTera Long Haul 1600 network application guide familyThe family of application guides consists of a set of documents that describe various aspects involved in the planning and engineering of the OPTera Long Haul 1600 network applications.

Repeater Network Application Guide (NTY311AX)This guide describes the OPTera Long Haul 1600 Releases 1.2 and 1.5 feature set. It includes the following subjects:

• OC-192/STM-64 single card regenerator (XR) circuit pack supporting full 10-Gbit/s SONET/SDH regeneration (Release 1.5)

• 2.5G WT circuit pack supporting 2.5 Gbit/s Wavelength Translator (WT) (Release 1.2 and 1.5)

• 10G WT circuit pack supporting 10 Gbit/s Wavelength Translator (WT) (Release 1.5)

• MOR Plus enhancements (Release 1.2 and 1.5)

• Support for 32 wavelengths (Release 1.5)

• Orderwire (OW) over OSC (Release 1.2 and 1.5)

• Level 2 routing (Release 1.5)

• Command line user interface/web-based user interface (CLUI/WUI) enhancements


1-16 Introduction

Combiner Network Application Guide (NTY312AX)This guide describes the OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 2 feature set.

The guide includes the following subjects:

• 4:1 Wavelength Combiner with OC-48/STM-16 T/R tributary interface

• OC-192/STM-64 T/R circuit pack

• Timing Distribution circuit pack (TDC) and Synchronization

• Command line user interface/web-based user interface (CLUI/WUI) enhancements

1600G Amplifier Network Application Guide (NTY314AX)This guide describes the OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 3 feature set. OPTera Long Haul 1600 is a new amplifier supported on the OPTera Long Haul 1600 platform that allows service providers to scale their network up to an impressive 1.6 Tbit/s for each fiber.

The guide includes the following subjects:

• OPTera Long Haul 1600 Circuit packs description

• OPTera Long Haul 1600 Modularity

• Optical OAM&P

• Optical Service Channel

• Amplifier provisioning and monitoring tools

OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater NE general feature setNortel Networks presents OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2 and 1.5 Wavelength Translator application, a repeater-type network element (NE) that is housed on a global optical transport platform.

The OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater is a feature-rich transport platform for next-generation IP-optimized data communications. The OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater provides open optical interfaces with very high capacity, scalability, bandwidth management, network management, reliability, and flexibility.

OPTera Long Haul 1600 offers a number of features:

• Open interfaces

• Transparency of services

• Full SONET/SDH regeneration

• Multiwavelength optical repeater (MOR) Plus support

• Optical Add-Drop Multiplexing (OADM)

• Capacity


Introduction 1-17

Open interfacesOPTera Long Haul 1600 wavelength translators offer open optical interfaces enabling multiple services (IP, ATM, SONET/SDH) and multivendor traffic to be carried transparently across the network. Wavelength Translators at 2.5 Gbit/s and 10 Gbit/s accept non-Nortel Networks wavelengths and integrate them into a DWDM network. The Wavelength Translator also provides enhanced operations, administration, maintenance, and provisioning (OAM&P) of these wavelengths. These open optical interfaces are provided using the following:

• the 2.5G WT circuit pack for 2.5 Gbit/s applications

• the 10G WT circuit pack for 10 Gbit/s applications

These two circuit packs fully support concatenated OC-48c and OC-192c signals.

Transparency of servicesOPTera Long Haul 1600 Wavelength Translators offer a transparent regeneration of all incoming signals for optimum performance over a DWDM backbone. This regeneration is a thin SONET/SDH operation that retimes, reshapes, and regenerates signals without processing the entire SONET/SDH overhead.

Full SONET/SDH regenerationOPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater supports the OC-192/STM-64 XR circuit pack providing a full SONET/SDH regeneration of all incoming signals at 10 Gbit/s. An OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater filled with OC-192/STM-64 XR circuit packs becomes an extra dense regenerator platform.

Multiwavelength optical repeater (MOR) Plus supportThe Nortel Networks Multiwavelength Optical Repeater (MOR) Plus provides extended reach DWDM solutions on 2.5/10-Gbit/s backbone routes that transport up to 32 wavelengths (320-Gbit/s aggregate span capacity). Using erbium-doped fiber amplifier (EDFA) technology, the MOR Plus boosts the level of the optical signal in each direction without costly electrical/optical conversions. Extensively proven in real-world applications, MOR Plus optically amplified systems were the very first to achieve 32-wavelength operation.

The MOR Plus can be configured as follows:

• as a bidirectional optical Pre/Post amplifier (single plug-in) when collocated with service-terminating or regenerator network elements

• as a bidirectional optical line amplifier (two back-to-back plug-ins) at intermediate sites along a backbone route


1-18 Introduction

Multiple optical amplifier building blocks can be cascaded on a route as required to achieve the required reach. MOR Plus DWDM solutions are engineered for robust operation over the wide variety of optical fiber types currently deployed in today’s networks.

Optical Add-Drop Multiplexing (OADM)Nortel Networks OPTera Long Haul 1600 offers an OADM feature that enables the adding or dropping of local traffic without terminating the express optical channels. The local signal can then be fed to a Nortel Networks DWDM or SONET/SDH system or to another vendor’s equipment through the open optical interface modules. The OPTera Long Haul 1600 has been designed to provide loss-free insertion of the OADM that allows the network to grow seamlessly in response to traffic growth and traffic pattern changes. This feature offers the following benefits:

• unmatched flexibility in the design of forecast-tolerant networks

• improved service velocity, and

• no need for costly network reconfiguration

CapacityOPTera Long Haul 1600 Releases 1.2 and 1.5 provide generation of up to 8 x 2.5 Gbit/s or 8 x 10 Gbit/s bidirectional channels on each fiber, on a single Repeater bay. Overall system capacity can be upgraded using a future extension shelf, future single card Wavelength Translators or with the installation of additional OPTera Long Haul 1600 bays.

Summary of features offered with OPTera Long Haul 1600 releasesThe OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater is a platform evolution of all 2.5-Gbit/s and 10-Gbit/s networks. It introduces the next generation optical building blocks and provides a dense footprint of existing synchronous optical network (SONET) and synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH) equipment. This new Nortel Networks product addresses the market requirement for transparent services.

For network engineering rules, see “Engineering rules” on page 4-1. For ordering information, see “Ordering information” on page 6-1.

A summary of the features offered with the various OPTera Long Haul 1600 releases (1.2, 1.5, and 2) follows in Table 1-1 on page 1-19. The features indicated are assumed to be backwards compatible unless otherwise indicated.

Note: If the subsequent release feature set is similar to the existing software release feature set, then all previous releases are still supported with the same baseline. No additional features have been added.


Introduction 1-19

Table 1-1Summary of OPTera Long Haul 1600 features

OPTera Long Haul 1600

Release 1.2 Release 1.5 Release 2

Network Level Features

Network configurations

• OC-48/STM-16 Repeater network element

• MOR Plus Pre/Post and line amplifier site for up to 16 wavelengths

• interworking with OC-48/STM-16, IP, and ATM subtending equipment



• OC-192/STM-64 dense regenerator


• interworking with OC-192 Release 7.0 and TN-64X Release 2.0

• interworking with OC-48/STM-16, OC-192/STM-64, IP, and ATM subtending equipment

• OC192/STM-64 Combiner network element


• interworking with OC-192 Release 7.0 and TN-64X Release 2.0

Tributary configurations

• Not applicable • Not applicable • OC-48/STM-16 short-reach tributaries

• OC-48c tributaries

New hardware • OPTera Long Haul 1600 global platform frame

• 2.5G WT circuit pack

• partitioned OPC (POPC), 128 M maintenance interface (MI), 32 M shelf controller (SC)

• fiber management tray (FMT)

• 10G WT circuit pack

• OC-192/STM-64 XR circuit pack

• OC-192/STM-64 T/R circuit pack

• timing distribution circuit pack (TDC)

—continued—


1-20 Introduction

Synchronization • through timing • through timing • BITS timing

• external timing synchronization (ESI)

• 2 ESI circuit packs and 2 TDCs required to supply timing

• TDC supplies 39 GHz timing to 10 Gbit/s circuit packs

• new timing reference protection group

• accepts reference timing from up to 5 sources

• timing deviation detection

• 6 timing distribution members available

Performance monitoring

• same PMs and logs as existing OC-192/STM-64 Rx and regenerator Tx

• only section PMs are used

• no Rx power monitoring on the 2.5G WT

• same PMs and logs as existing OC-192/STM-64 Rx and regenerator Tx

• only section PMs are used

• Rx power monitoring on 10G WT and OC-192/STM-64 XR

• line and section PMs introduced on new OC-192/STM-64 T/R circuit pack

—continued—

Table 1-1Summary of OPTera Long Haul 1600 features (continued)





Introduction 1-21

Data communication

• SONET/SDH DCC bytes are not processed on 2.5G WT (DCC must be achieved over OSC)

• SONET/SDH DCC bytes are not processed on the 2.5G WT and 10G WT (DCC must be achieved over OSC)

• section DCC processed on OC-192/STM-64 XR

• line and section SONET/SDH DCC processed on OC-192/STM-64 T/R

• transparent line DCC on OC-48/STM-16 tributaries (except channel C of 4:1 wavelength combiner)

• transparent line DCC on all tributaries in a future release

• transparent section DCC on all OC-48/STM-16 tributaries

Parallel telemetry • parallel telemetry (64 inputs and 16 outputs)

• same as Release 1.2 • same as Release 1.5

System security • Password aging, new default user, login/logout logs and improper login


Nodal interface • based on OC-192 Release 6.0/TN-64X Release 2.0 CLUI and OC-192 Release 6.0 web UI (WUI)

• WUI not supported on SDH

• new NE type: Repeater

• new optical facility menu

• globalization support in CLUI

• based on OC-192 Release 7.0/TN-64X Release 2.0 CLUI and OC-192 Release 7.0 WUI


• based on OC-192 Release 7.0/TN-64X Release 2.0 CLUI and OC-192 Release 7.0 WUI


• new NE type: Combiner

Alarming • alarms for new hardware (2.5G WT)

• all alarms for existing hardware are supported

• alarms for new hardware (2.5G WT, 10G WT, OC-192/STM-64 XR)

• alarms for new hardware (OC-192/STM-64 DWDM T/R, TDC)

—continued—






1-22 Introduction

Year 2000 compliance

• compliant • same as Release 1.2 • same as Release 1.5

NE tools • NE-type Repeater created upon bay commissioning

• provide SONET/SDH selection with COMNE command

• delete extension shelf command

• edit shelf position command

• 64K NE ID • NE-type Combiner created upon bay commissioning

OPC tools • Dead System Recovery

• No OPC configuration and connection managers

• no OPC protection manager

• TL1 interface for remote OAM management only applies to SONET

• Level 2 routing support • same as Release 1.5

SLAT/upgrades • no reconfiguration of existing OC-192/TN-64X bays

• commissioning performed through commissioning MI only

• upgrade from Release 1.2 to 1.5 supported

• span of control (SOC) upgrade from 1.5 to 2 supported

• Multi-Catalog Support

—continued—






Introduction 1-23

DWDM/Amplifier support

Amplifier support • MOR Plus only • same as Release 1.2 • same as Release 1.5

WDM/DWDM wavelengths

• 16 wavelengths DWDM WT circuit packs available

• 16-wavelength support for all enhanced MOR Plus feature

• 32 wavelengths DWDM WT circuit packs and XR circuit packs available


• 32 wavelengths DWDM OC-192/STM-64 T/R circuit packs available


WDM/DWDM Tx provisioning

• output provisioning (power and wavelength) for 2.5G WT circuit pack

• no receiver power monitoring on 2.5G WT

• new provisioning mismatch alarms

• output provisioning (power, chirp, and wavelength) and receiver power monitoring for 10G WT, and OC-192/STM-64 XR circuit packs


• output provisioning (power, chirp, and wavelength) and receiver power monitoring for OC-192/STM-64 DWDM T/R circuit pack


Optical Service Channel (OSC)

• unidirectional OSC at 1510 nm and 1625 nm

• new OSC pairing rules


Orderwire over OSC

• orderwire PSTN not supported with SDH selection mode


Amplifier provisioning

• fiber type provisioning changes

• power optimizer enhancements (local locking, channel autodiscovery, autopropagation)

• power optimizer enhancements

• power optimizer enhancements

—continued—






1-24 Introduction

Integrated Network Management (INM)

INM support • INM 5.0.2 • INM 5.0.4 -

Preside Application Platform

Preside support - - • Preside 7.0

TL1 support

Miscellaneous improvements

• TL1 supported only when NE is in SONET selection


S/DMS TransportNode supported releases

S/DMS TransportNode OC-48

• Releases 14.02, 14.11 and 15.01

• same as Release 1.2 Release 14.02, 14.11 and 15.01






2-1

Network features 2-Chapter overview

This chapter contains the following sections:

• “Network overview” on page 2-1

• “Open optical interface” on page 2-3

• “Service transparency” on page 2-5

• “Dense regenerator application” on page 2-13

• “OPTera Long Haul 1600 platform” on page 2-14

• “Globalization” on page 2-18

Network overviewOPTera Long Haul 1600 offers new options to service providers looking for long haul solutions that enable data services in the most cost-effective way while maintaining the quality of service associated with more traditional backbone topologies.

The open optical interfaces on OPTera Long Haul 1600 not only provide service flexibility, but they can also play a key role in the delivery of cost-effective services. By allowing the transport of IP, ATM, SONET/SDH, and other signal types, service providers benefit from maximum bandwidth efficiency on their network by maximizing the potential capacity of every wavelength. In this way, OPTera Long Haul 1600 reduces operational complexity and increases transport savings.

See Figure 2-1, “OPTera Long Haul 1600 service interfaces” on page 2-2.


2-2 Network features

Figure 2-1OPTera Long Haul 1600 service interfaces

OTP0117.eps

OPTera Long Haul 1600 supports the open optical transport of 2.5 Gbit/s and 10 Gbit/s services, and enables the concentration of sub-rate services (for example, OC-48, with future offerings at OC-12 and Gigabit Ethernet) onto a 10 Gbit/s line rate for maximum bandwidth efficiency. OPTera Long Haul 1600 can be managed by the Nortel Networks Integrated Network Management (INM) solution and supports management of the optical layer as a natural extension of the existing management structures and operations. See “Network overview” on page 2-3.

The OPTera Long Haul 1600 platform supports high-density applications (up to 300 Gbit/s in a single bay) using single circuit pack regenerators and Wavelength Translators. It will support OPTera Long Haul 1600 amplifiers with an aggregate line capacity of up to 1.6 Tbit/s and offer optical layer protection of its traffic.

OPTera Long Haul 1600 also offers many built-in optical layer maintenance tools that enable non-intrusive (in-service) optical power measurement, analysis, control, and optimization without the need of expensive external test equipment. The Nortel Networks OPTera portfolio will change the way service providers create their future data-centric network. Protection management is governed by subtending multivendor SONET/SDH equipment.

OC-192/TN-64XOPTeraConnect

OC-192/TN-64XOPTeraConnect

λ - Combiner

λ - Translator

λ - Combiner

λ - Translator

INM

Optical amplifiers(MOR Plus and

1600G Amplifier)

On-Ramp flexibilityOpen λ - TranslatorOpen λ - Combiner

Integrated SONET/SDH Optics for Nortel OC-48/TN-16 and OC-192/TN-64


Network features 2-3

Figure 2-2Network overview

OTP0021.eps

Open optical interfaceOPTera Long Haul 1600 offers 2.5 Gbit/s and 10 Gbit/s open optical interfaces that allow synchronous optical network (SONET) and synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH) data traffic access to the optical transport layer. As an open optical interface, the 2.5 Gbit/s and 10 Gbit/s wavelength translators (WT) offer the ability to interface with any 2.5 Gbit/s and 10 Gbit/s non-Nortel Networks signal. This ability enables a point-to-point, open transport solution for IP, ATM, and SONET/SDH equipment. OPTera Long Haul 1600 open optical interface allows for a wide range of IP, ATM, and wavelength services such as:

• OC-192, OC-192c, STM64, STM64c

• OC-48, OC48c, STM16, STM16c

• ATM and IP point-to-point connectivity

• wavelength leasing applications

Integrated NetworkManagement (INM)

IP

ATM

SONET/SDH

GigabitEthernet

OPTeraMetro

IP

ATM

SONET/SDH

GigabitEthernet

OPTeraMetro

10 Gb/s D-WDM backbone


Lineamplifier



The OPTera Long Haul 1600 WTs share on-ramp and off-ramp capabilities with overhead (OH) transparency to enable wavelength leasing applications to subtending multivendors. The OPTera Long Haul 1600 WTs act as a gateway between the optical transport layer of the network and the service interface of the subtending equipment. In the OPTera Long Haul 1600 first Wavelength Translator offering, a single circuit pack acts as an on ramp or an off ramp to the transport network layer. Available in 2.5 Gbit/s or 10 Gbit/s, these WTs address the following applications:

• non-Nortel Networks SONET/SDH signal overlay onto the optical transport layer

• transparent conversion of non-Nortel Networks or non-DWDM signal onto ITU-T grid

• transparent hand-off of transported DWDM signal to subtending equipment

• physical layer management

See Figure 2-3, “On-ramp and off-ramp capability for a single DWDM WT circuit pack” on page 2-4.

Figure 2-3On-ramp and off-ramp capability for a single DWDM WT circuit pack

OTP0028.eps

On Ramp

Off Ramp

Non-Nortel NetworksSONET/SDH

Non-Nortel NetworksSONET/SDH

LR Rx

Nortel NetworksSONET/SDH

LR Rx

DWDM Tx

DWDM Tx

Single 2.5G WT or 10G WT

Service

Service

Transport



Service transparencyWith the new service applications (such as wavelength leasing and IP/ATM transport over SONET/SDH) requiring transparency from unnecessary SONET/SDH multiplexing or processing, it is important to define terminology to characterize the level of transparency.

TerminologyRegeneratedComplete electrical regeneration of the payload and overhead data. The overhead data is processed according to defined standards (for example, all section overhead is processed at section terminating elements [STE]).

3R operation The reshaping, reamplification, and retiming of the given transmission.

InsertedPreset data is inserted into the output stream (for example, all “1” pattern is “inserted” into the payload upon an alarm indication signal [AIS] condition).

Pass-throughPass-through of data with monitoring (for example, section trace byte J0 is pass-through since the system can mismatch on the Rx value).

RecalculatedReceived data is terminated; output of data is either recalculated or compensated based on the received data (for example, section parity B1 is recalculated at STE).

TerminatedReceived data is terminated and output is either not generated or the output content has no relation to the received data (for example, LOH bytes are terminated at LTE or J0 is terminated when section trace is disabled; that is, J0 = 1 regardless of the Rx value).

TransparentPass-through of data untouched and without monitoring (for example, payload is transparent).

Topology and general conceptsThe traditional transport network can be analyzed in terms of section, line, and path. Routers, ATM switches, and Gigabit Ethernet servers can connect seamlessly through the OPTera Long Haul 1600 network using open optical interfaces. Carrier-to-carrier connectivity or wavelength leasing applications can require the transparency of intermediate section terminating elements (STE). See Figure 2-4 on page 2-6.



Figure 2-4OPTera Long Haul 1600 network topology

OTP0120.eps

As shown in Figure 2-4, different carriers can operate different sections of long-haul networks or offer wavelength leasing applications through multiple sections of the end-to-end network.

Fundamentally, the network medium is SONET/SDH based and, as such, the network management function is provided by the processing of the first STS-1 overhead of the SONET multiplexed signal. To maintain the basic integrity of the network, framing bytes A1 and A2 are always regenerated. For more details on the transport overhead processing, see Table 2-1 and Figure 2-5 on page 2-8.

STE STELTE

Section Section

Line

Section

ATM

Routers

GigabitEthernet

ATM

Routers

GigabitEthernet

Path

Subtendingnetwork

Subtendingnetwork

LTE



The operator purchases or leases bandwidth or wavelengths from various carriers for various configurations. Carriers monitor performance:

• through monitoring section parity byte B1 (provisionable and measuring B1 error counts)

• more efficiently, through the operator’s own line and section generation

B1 transparency can be required for wavelength leasing applications. Line parity byte B2 passed through the transport network can indicate a signal degrade (SD) condition and trigger protection switching on the subtending equipment. The operator must consider whether B1 termination or pass-through and B2 transparency is the optimal combination.

To effectively manage fiber connections between carriers, section trace is used to detect possible misconnections. As such, the C1 byte of the first STS-1 of the multiplexed SONET/SDH signal, also called J0, can be provisioned at the transmitter site with a simple value or text string and is correctly matched at the receiving end.

Table 2-1Transport overhead bytes function

Overhead bytes Function Notes

A1, A2 Framing Must be regenerated at each node (LTE, STE)

B1 Section parity Determines if a transmission error has occurred over a section

B2 Line parity Determines if a transmission error has occurred over a line

C1 (J0) Section trace STS-1 identification: J0 is the first C1 (STS-1 #1)

K1/K2 Protection switching

Used to signal automatic protection switching (APS)



Figure 2-5OPTera Long Haul 1600 overhead

OTP0121.eps

Wavelength Translator applicationA Wavelength Translator (also known as transponder) is a Repeater that translates one wavelength into another. This capability is useful for mapping legacy wavelengths onto the ITU-T compliant DWDM wavelength grid. Release 1.2 and 1.5 support 3R Wavelength Translators (WT) only. These translators reshape, reamplify, and retime a signal without regenerating the whole SONET/SDH overhead. Because of its minimal monitoring capability, WTs are also called “thin” SONET/SDH regenerators.

The WT does not terminate section or line DCC (D1 through D3 and D4 through D12). A1 and A2 bytes are terminated by the WT to allow for correct framing. The orderwire bytes (E1 and E2) are passed through. The WT does process some section overhead bytes, B1 and C1 among others, to perform system monitoring for the supported applications.

Note: To support full DCC-like OAM&P access to all network elements of the optical line, the Optical Service Channel (OSC) must be used.

The section parity B1 byte is used to sectionalize faults on the optical network. This byte provides a checksum of the entire STS-1 and is represented by the performance monitoring counts of the network section. The 2.5G WT featured in OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2 offers B1 recalculation. In OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.5, both 2.5G WT and 10G WT support

TRANSPORT OVERHEAD PATH OVERHEAD

FramingA1

BIP-8B1

APSK1

APSK2

OrderwireE1

FramingA2

TraceJ1

BIP-8B3

Signal LabelC2

Path StatusG1

User ChannelF2

IndicatorH4

Growth/DQDBZ3

GrowthZ4

GrowthZ5

STS-1 IDC1

UserF1

GrowthZ1

Growth/FEBEZ2

OrderwireE2

BIP-8B2

Data ComD1

Data ComD2

Data ComD3

Data ComD4Line

Overhead

SectionOverhead

Data ComD7

Data ComD10

Data ComD5

Data ComD8

Data ComD11

Data ComD6

Data ComD9

Data ComD12

PointerH1

PointerH2

Pointer ActionH3



provisionable B1 recalculation or pass-through. Line parity bytes B2 are passed through for the 2.5G and 10G WTs in OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2 and 1.5.

To trigger protection switching on the subtending equipment, the WTs indicate a signal degrade (SD) condition on the optical line by inserting an AIS pattern (all logical 1s) on the SONET/SDH APS bytes K1 and K2. This insertion forces the subtending equipment to switch, even if the SD condition might affect a section transparent to its monitoring.

C1 (J0 for the first C1) bytes, used to determine fiber misconnection, are also monitored. The J0 byte cannot be rewritten by a WT, which means that a string of characters cannot be inserted at one WT site and received at another site, the off-ramp site. The insertion of the J0 byte is fixed when its provisioning is set to the inserted setting. OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2 offers C1 interleaving insertion. OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.5 offers provisionable C1 interleaving insertion or pass-through. The C1 processing option is determined through B1 processing. If B1 processing is provisioned to recalculated then C1 will be in insertion mode. If B1 processing is set to pass-through then C1 will also be set to pass-through.

Some older SONET/SDH systems (for example, legacy OC-48/STM-16 regenerator) use C1 interleaving for framing. If the source, like an IP router, does not provide C1 interleaving, a Wavelength Translator can be used as a converter to provide the C1 interleaving for any downstream OC-48/STM-16 regenerators.

Equipment using A1 and A2 for framing instead of C1 interleaving is not affected when B1 provisioned as recalculate writes into the C1 bytes.

Section trace transmitter provisioning on the Wavelength Translator will be offered in a future release.

Table 2-2 and Table 2-3 describe the service transparency of the Wavelength Translators in OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2 and 1.5.



Note: Provisioning of B1/C1 bytes processing is executed through an alias command at the CLUI level. Full CLUI support will be provided in a future release.

2.5G and 10G on-ramp WTAt the head-end terminal site, the on-ramp WT accepts a wide range of non-Nortel Networks wavelengths, including 1310 nm, and converts them into a narrow band Nortel Networks ITU-T compliant wavelength. This wavelength can then be used in the Nortel Networks DWDM network.

Use the 2.5G or 10G on-ramp WT circuit packs for the following applications:

• to translate a non-standard signal to a standard wavelength from Nortel Networks’s ITU-T compliant grid for DWDM purposes

• to reduce the spectral bandwidth of a signal to a narrow DWDM spread

• to use Nortel Networks’s optical amplifiers since the signal has been converted to a standard wavelength that allows provisioning capabilities such as output power, chirp, and maintenance management of the amplified wavelengths

• to monitor the signal quality before the signal reaches the far-end WDM coupler.

Table 2-22.5G and 10G Wavelength Translators service transparency

Transport overhead bytes Service transparency

A1, A2 Regenerated

B1 Provisionable: recalculated or pass-through (see Table 2-3)

B2 Pass-through

C1 (J0) Provisionable: inserted or pass-through (see Table 2-3)

K1, K2 Pass-through; insertion of AIS upon signal degrade

Table 2-3Wavelength translator provisioning options

Wavelength Translator Application

OPTera Long Haul

1600 Release

B1 processing C1 processing

Recalculation Pass-through Insertion Pass-through

2.5G 1.2 default - default -

1.5 default provisionable default provisionable

10G 1.5 default provisionable default provisionable



2.5G and 10G off-ramp WTAt the tail-end terminal site, the 2.5G and 10G off-ramp WTs convert a narrow wavelength into another narrow wavelength to prepare the signal to reach the far-end receive equipment.

Use the 2.5G and 10G off-ramp WT circuit packs for the following applications:

• to retranslate the wavelength before it reaches the far-end receive equipment and align the signal to the format and bit rate of the far-end receive equipment

• to monitor the signal quality before it reaches the subtending equipment

2.5G and 10G “thin” SONET/SDH Regenerator (Regen) WTAt a regenerator site, the 2.5G and 10G WT circuit packs operate in “thin” SONET/SDH regen mode. The WT circuit packs combine both an on-ramp and an off-ramp function to execute a 3R regeneration of the optical signal. The WT circuit packs at the regenerator site receive a signal wavelength from a DWDM amplified link and send the same wavelength back into the following DWDM amplified link. See Figure 2-6 on page 2-12 for a deployment configuration of the Wavelength Translator.

In summary, the WT circuit packs provide transparent regeneration for 2.5 Gbit/s or 10 Gbit/s channels onto an optical transport layer, enabling a total open-interface network solution.



Figure 2-6Wavelength Translator deployment configuration

OTP0027.eps

SITE A SITE B SITE C

Non-Nortelwavelength

Non-Nortelwavelength

DWDM

DWDM

On-RampG4

On-RampG5

Off-RampG4

Off-RampG5

Tx

Tx

DWDM

DWDM

Tx

Tx

OpticalLine

OpticalLine

DWDMTx

Rx

Rx Rx

Rx RxRx

DWDMwavelength

DWDMwavelength

Thin-RegenG6

Thin-RegenG7



Dense regenerator applicationSingle circuit pack 10Gbit/s SONET/SDH regeneration

OPTera Long Haul 1600 single circuit pack regenerators (See Figure 2-7 on page 2-13) extend system reach by reconstituting the optical signal in each direction at an intermediate point between two service terminating locations. If required, multiple cascaded regenerators can be deployed along with optical amplifiers to extend system reach by hundreds of kilometers. Unlike traditional SONET/SDH regenerators, OPTera Long Haul 1600 10-Gbit/s regenerators incorporate a complete bidirectional regenerator channel on a single plug-in, allowing an OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay to support up to 30 unidirectional 10-Gbit/s channels (or 300-Gbit/s total capacity for each bay). This yields substantial savings in capital equipment costs, operational costs, and footprint requirements relative to traditional solutions.

OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.5 introduces a single circuit pack 10-Gbit/s regenerator, the OC-192/STM-64 XR. The single circuit pack 2.5-Gbit/s regenerator will be introduced in a future release.

Figure 2-7Single circuit pack SONET/SDH regenerator

OTP0240.eps

10 Gb/sRegenerator

10 Gb/s

DWDMcoupler

Optical amplifier

DWDM backboneUp to 1.6 Tb/s10 Gb/s



MOR Plus amplifier supportIntroduced on the S/DMS TransportNode 10 Gbit/s platform, the MOR Plus amplifier is supported on the OPTera Long Haul 1600 platform and can be deployed in Post, Pre, Mid-Stage Access (MSA) OADM or line applications.

OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2 supports enhanced power optimizer features for a maximum of 16 wavelengths. OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.5 supports a maximum of 32 wavelengths.

For more details on the MOR Plus amplifier or optical layer tools, see 200 GHz, 2- to 16-wavelength Optical Layer Applications Guide, NTY311DX or 100 GHz MOR Plus, 2- to 32-wavelength Optical Layer Applications Guide (NTY312DX).

OPTera Long Haul 1600 platformTo cost-effectively build the ultra high-capacity transport infrastructure of the 21st century, carriers must integrate a diverse mix of services and network elements into unified DWDM backbones that do not involve the high costs and delays of new fiber deployment. To achieve service transport at the lowest possible cost per bit, unnecessary SONET/SDH multiplexing must be eliminated while providing the flexibility to handle virtually any mix of services: voice, video, Internet protocol (IP) data, and cell-based asynchronous transfer mode (ATM) traffic.

The new Nortel Networks OPTera Long Haul 1600 platform (see Figure 2-8 on page 2-15) offers the cost-effective high-capacity transport solutions carriers need to meet the challenges of 21st century networks. OPTera Long Haul 1600 can provide as many as 30 bidirectional 2.5-Gbit/s or 10-Gbit/s channels for each 7-foot bay for efficient integration onto a DWDM backbone with a scalable capacity up to 1.6 Tbit/s.

Note: OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2/1.5 only supports the first extension shelf.

Therefore, OPTera Long Haul 1600 delivers substantial savings in capital equipment costs, operational costs, and footprint requirements. Open optical interfaces easily handle an assorted portfolio of legacy systems and services, and also allow easy adaptation to future service requirements, both forecasted and unexpected.

As shown in Figure 2-8 on page 2-15, the OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay supports one of the following:

• up to three shelves (30 slots) for optical networking circuit packs

• two shelves plus up to eight passive optical components such as DWDM couplers, optical add/drop multiplex (OADM) couplers, and dispersion compensation modules (DCMs)



Figure 2-8OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay

OTP0251.eps

Control shelf(Common equipment,operations interfaces)

Local craftaccess panel

Two fibermanagement trays

Main opticaltransport shelf

(10 slots)

Environmentalcontrol unit

Opticalextension opticaltransport shelf 1

(10 slots)

Optional passivedevices (for example,

DWDM and opticaladd/drop couplers,

dispersion compen-sation modules)

Secondenvironmentalcontrol unit

Optionalextension opticaltransport shelf 2(10 slots)



A control shelf is installed at the top of the bay, which provides common equipment and management/operations support. This shelf is common with the Nortel Networks S/DMS TransportNode OC-192/TN-64X platform, thereby offering circuit pack inventory savings and many operational efficiencies with the S/DMS TransportNode 10-Gbit/s network elements.

OPTera Long Haul 1600 shelves can be equipped with a variety of different optical networking building blocks as needed to support the specific service requirements of the application. Supported optical networking functions include the following:

• Wavelength Translators that condition 2.5-Gbit/s or 10-Gbit/s services for DWDM long-haul transport in a multivendor/multi-technology environment

• single circuit pack, 10-Gbit/s regenerators that reconstitute optical signals at intermediate points between service terminating locations

Note: 2.5 Gbit/s regenerators will be offered in a later release.

• MOR Plus optical Pre/Post or line amplifier that supports DWDM applications employing up to 32 wavelengths (320-Gbit/s bandwidth) over a single bidirectional optical fiber

• Wavelength Combiners that aggregate multiple lower rate, or Gigabit Ethernet (planned) multivendor/multi-technology services into a single bidirectional 10-Gbit/s signal

• OPTera Long Haul 1600 optical Pre/Post or line amplifier that supports DWDM applications employing up to 160 wavelengths (1.6-Tbit/s bandwidth) over a single bidirectional optical fiber or up to 80 wavelengths (800-Gbit/s bandwidth) in a unidirectional, two-fiber configuration

• OADM building block that permits multiple wavelengths to be added/dropped at an intermediate line amplifier site (employs passive coupler and MOR Plus/OPTera Long Haul 1600 line amplifier configuration with mid-stage access)

• optical protection modules for self-healing, always on per-channel protection against cable cuts and node failures (planned)

OPTera Long Haul 1600 RepeaterThe first release of OPTera Long Haul 1600 introduces the Repeater network element, which supports the 2.5G and 10G Wavelength Translators, the 10 Gbit/s OC-192/STM-64 regenerator (XR), and the MOR Plus amplifier, as well as the respective control hardware. For more details on the Repeater feature set, refer to the summary tables in Chapter 1, “Introduction”.



Equipment density and capacityNo one can question the insatiable demand for capacity in backbone networks. With the success of the industry-leading S/DMS TransportNode 2.5-Gbit/s and 10-Gbit/s platforms, Nortel Networks has a proven track record in delivering the future of global high-capacity, long-haul transport. Now, OPTera Long Haul 1600 builds on that tradition of leadership and innovation by providing an optical transport platform that enables high-capacity regeneration (thin SONET/SDH or full SONET/SDH) with denser footprint requirements than ever before.

To provide this capacity, the OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater bay is configured as follows:

• The first four slots in the main shelf house the MOR Plus amplifiers.

• The 16 remaining slots (six in the main shelf and 10 in the optional extension shelf) can house either 8 pairs of 2.5G WT circuit packs or 8 pairs of 10G WT or XR circuit packs.

For more details about circuit packs in the main shelf and optional extension shelf, see “Engineering rules” on page 4-1.

The total capacity of the OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater depends on the software release.

Release 1.2Release 1.2 introduces the 2.5G WT as follows:

• a total of eight 2.5G WT pairs on each Repeater bay (main shelf and first extension shelf) for a maximum of 16 WT circuit packs on each bay

The total capacity for each bay is as follows:

• eight times 2.5 Gbit/s in each direction (16 wavelengths or 8 bidirectional channels on each bay) gives 40 Gbit/s total capacity

Release 1.5The 2.5G WT offering remains unchanged from Release 1.2.

Release 1.5 introduces 10G WT and OC-192/STM-64 XR as follows:

• There is a total of eight 10-Gbit/s WT or XR channel pairs for each Repeater bay (main shelf and first extension shelf) for a maximum of 16 WT circuit packs or OC192/STM64 XR circuit packs.

• The total capacity if the Repeater bay is equipped with 10 Gbit/s circuit packs is 80 Gbit/s in each direction (total 160 Gbit/s).



Amplifier capacityThe OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater supports the MOR Plus amplifier hardware but with different software support in Release 1.2 or Release 1.5. OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2 supports a maximum of 16 wavelengths (160 Gbit/s total line capacity) while Release 1.5 supports 32 wavelengths (320 Gbit/s total line capacity).

GlobalizationThe OPTera Long Haul 1600 global platform provides a unique package for both SONET and SDH markets. It is able to support all different releases of OPTera Long Haul 1600 and its various NE types.

The globalization initiative aims to maximize deployment efficiencies while bearing in mind future globalization requirements. The only impact of this initiative for the user is the selection point prompt (SONET or SDH) when commissioning the NE.

When the user selects the NE personality, all CLUI, Web UI logs and alarms align with the selected personality. A single OPC load supports both NE types. All specific information (for example, line, rate, alarm text, PM data) is communicated up from the NE. A single INM load prompts both NE types.

Note: NE personality on a per-facility basis is not supported. No hybrid NE (mix of SONET/SDH line facilities within the same element) is possible.

NE personality can only be changed by decommissioning and recommissioning the NE.

Note: See “Engineering rules” on page 4-1 for limitations related to globalization.


3-1

OAM&P features 3-Chapter overview

This chapter describes operations, administration, maintenance and provisioning (OAM&P) features of the OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2/1.5 Repeater network:

• “Autoprovisioning” on page 3-1

• “Orderwire” on page 3-2

• “Performance monitoring” on page 3-4

• “OPC support” on page 3-5

• “INM support” on page 3-6

• “64K NE ID” on page 3-7

• “32M SC” on page 3-7

• “Routing fundamentals” on page 3-8

• “CLUI, WUI, and OPC UI” on page 3-17

• “External communications (DCC, OSC)” on page 3-20

• “Product upgrade paths” on page 3-21

• “Network management” on page 3-22

• “Alarms” on page 3-24

AutoprovisioningThe shelf controller (SC) autoprovisions circuit packs in pairs anywhere in the OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater main and optional extension shelves within the G-naming and pairing boundaries when you insert circuit packs into the shelf. The SC performs the following:

• automatically recognizes the circuit pack

• puts the circuit pack in service

• creates facilities (where applicable), and

• initializes the default provisioning values (for example, maximum Tx power)


3-2 OAM&P features

The SC always provisions two paired slots together regardless of whether or not a circuit pack is unidirectional and does not require a paired circuit pack for a particular network application. The system generates a circuit pack missing alarm if the partner circuit pack is missing.

OrderwireThe orderwire (OW) circuit pack, along with its associated software functionalities, provides voice frequency communication between OPTera Long Haul 1600 network elements (NEs) using the following:

• orderwire interfaces present on the Local Craft Access Panel (LCAP), and

• the orderwire circuit pack faceplate

Orderwire is typically used during maintenance activities, when craftspeople at two sites must talk to each other to coordinate their actions and confirm diagnostic results.

The orderwire circuit pack is an optional component that (when equipped) resides in slot 15 of the control shelf of the Repeater NE configuration. The presence or absence of the orderwire circuit pack does not impact any aspect of the Repeater NE operation except for orderwire itself. See “Typical control shelf layout for the OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay Release 1.2 and 1.5 Repeater bay” on page 4-12 for the slot position of the OW circuit pack.

Local and express orderwire is accessed over the Optical Service Channel (OSC) supported on MOR Plus amplifiers in slots 1 through 4 (G0 through G3) of the OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater NE. OW is provided through a fixed pairing of two circuit packs (2 pairs: 1 pair east and 1 pair west) configured as Pre/Post amplifiers located in the Repeater main shelf.

To configure orderwire on a OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater system, each node requires two to four MOR Plus circuit packs in the main shelf configured as follows:

• circuit packs in G0 and G3 (slots 1 and 4) provisioned as Red Pre/Blue Post or Red MSAPre/Blue MSA Post

• circuit packs in G1 and G2 (slots 2 and 3) provisioned as Red Post/ Blue Pre or Red MSAPost/Blue MSA Pre

The OSC pairing of the MOR Plus circuit packs is as follows:

• West OSC: slot 1 and 2 (MOR Plus G0 and G1)

• East OSC: slot 3 and 4 (MOR Plus G2 and G3)


OAM&P features 3-3

Two MOR Plus circuit packs contain OSC capabilities to achieve bidirectional OSC functionality:

• one MOR Plus circuit pack to achieve 1510 nm OSC in one direction

• one OSC plug-in module to achieve the 1625 nm OSC in the other direction.

Figure 3-1 on page 3-4 shows orderwire signal flow.

The manual seam can be provisioned for an OPTera Long Haul 1600 network if partitioning of the orderwire network is necessary. OPTera Long Haul 1600 nodes to the left and right of the node for which the manual seam has been provisioned is treated as separate orderwire networks. This operation does not affect OPTera Long Haul 1600 traffic. For further information on orderwire seams, refer to the OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTPs.

OSC must be bidirectional in the network for orderwire to function. User interfaces for orderwire are provided through the CLUI and the Web User Interface (WUI). SC, CLUI, and traffic configuration are updated and modified to provide provisioning, menu, and facilities functions for OW.

The orderwire public switch telephone network (PSTN) functionality is not supported when a Repeater NE is created in SDH mode. All other OW attributes are similar to those provided with the OC-192 Release 6.0 and TN-64X Release 2.0. For more information about the orderwire attributes, refer to the OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTPs.

Note: See page 4-57 for limitations related to related to orderwire.


3-4 OAM&P features

Figure 3-1Orderwire signal flow

OTP0037.eps

Performance monitoringOPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2/1.5 supports the same performance monitoring (PM) set as in OC-192 Release 7.0 and TN-64X Release 2.0. However, not all PMs are used by the Repeater network elements. Because the Wavelength Translators operate in 3R mode, PM supports section counts only. Path, line, and physical PMs (Rx power monitoring) are not supported on the 2.5G WT circuit pack. However, Rx power monitoring on the 10G WT and the OC-192/STM-64 XR is supported.

Section threshold defaults are the same as the threshold values on existing OC-48 TR and OC-192 TR circuit packs. Table 3-1 provides the list of PMs supported by the OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater.

The OPTera Long Haul 1600 software PM system automatically configures the operation mode of the supported circuit packs and sends the required provisioning data. The PM system operates automatically and does not require user intervention.

In this release, the PM system can support a maximum of 16 WTs or 16 regenerator facilities for each network element.

Control Shelf

RB Main Shelf

Manual Seam

Overheadbuses

OW

OSCWest Facing

OSCEast Facing

Slot 1

Rx Tx Tx Rx

Slot 2 Slot 3 Slot 4

G0MORPlus

G1MORPlus

G2MORPlus

G3MORPlus


OAM&P features 3-5

OPC supportOPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2/1.5 provides OPC software support for both SONET and SDH through a partitioned OPC (POPC) circuit pack. Legacy OPCs located in the OC-48, OC-12, and TN16X shelves are not supported.

Note: See page 4-57 for limitations related to OPC support.

OPC software featuresOPC software features for OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2/1.5 include:

• software delivery by tape, 122 MB flash cartridge, or POPC storage circuit pack

• SOC commissioning

• fault management and event status through the OPC UIs, NE web user interface (WUI) banner line, and INM upload

• userID and password management; time-of-day sync; OPC data Save and Restore, OPC activity switch; OPC port configuration

• INM upload for remote inventory; shelf-level graphics; facility provisioning; performance monitoring (PM) display

• remote login across DATACOMM network in addition to INM remote pass-through capability

• flow-through operations, administration and maintenance (OAM) messaging through the Transport Bridge configuration

• S/W download and managed software upgrades for a product release

Table 3-1PMs supported by the OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater

PM 2.5G WT(3R mode)

10G WT(3R mode)

OC192/STM64 XR(Regenerator mode)

Optical facilities

OPR - Yes Yes

IQ - Yes Yes

Section

CV Yes Yes Yes

ES Yes Yes Yes

SES Yes Yes Yes

SEFS Yes Yes Yes


3-6 OAM&P features

• PM collectors for transmitting to INM and transaction language 1 (TL1)

• Level 2 routing (for more information about Level 2 routing, see Routing fundamentals on page 3-8)

Span of control engineering guidelines The Span of Control (SOC) engineering guidelines for OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2/1.5 are as follows:

• a backup OPC is highly recommended in each SOC; primary and backup OPCs should be in different locations

• OPTera Long Haul 1600 release 1.2/1.5 software must be in a distinct and separate SOC with its own OPC

• no mix of SONET and SDH NEs is possible

• Repeater and OAS (Optical Amplifier Shelf) NE types support only; no ADM/LTE/REGEN support in OPTera Long Haul 1600 SOC

• OAS and Repeater NEs are not allowed within the same SOC for Release 1.2 but are allowed in Release 1.5

• an OPC can be located in a bay that is outside of its SOC. However, it is not recommended that you configure your system in this way.

• Level 2 routing enable network size to increase beyond the 150 nodes limit

• a maximum of 34 managed NEs is allowed in each SOC

• 7 hops OSC link limitation if OSC only is available for software upgrades

Note: This limitation only applies when no other communication channel, such as SONET/SDH section DCC or Ethernet links, are accessible to remote sites. For example, an OC-192/STM-64 XR terminates section DCC, providing another communication channel complimentary to the amplifier OSC.

• a maximum of 30 DATACOMM hops (data communication sections) is allowed from the primary OPC to managed network elements

• a maximum of 150 visible DATACOMM Level 1 nodes, including OPCs, is allowed within the same SOC

• a maximum of 4 concurrent INM workstations is allowed

INM support OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2 integrated network management software is based on INM Release 5.0.2. OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.5 INM is supported with INM Release 5.0.3.

See page 4-55 for a list of limitations related to INM support.


OAM&P features 3-7

INM software featuresINM S/W features for OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2/1.5 include:

• optical section view (OSV) is supported

• autodiscovery of a new NE type (Repeater) on the graphical network browser (GNB)

– fault management

– remote login (OPC, CLUI, WUI)

– electronic S/W delivery

• shelf-level graphics for the control, main, and extension shelf (shelf ID 1 through 3, respectively)

• resource management building block (RMBB), fault management building block (FMBB), performance management building Block (PMBB) support

• support for the following INM GNB functionality is provided for the 2.5G WT circuit pack, the 10G WT circuit pack and the OC-192/STM-64 XR:

– remote inventory and performance monitoring

– shelf level graphics

– facility provisioning (for SONET only)

– PM threshold provisioning (for SONET only)

• globalization

– support a mix of SONET and SDH NEs within the same INM load

– no facility provisioning and PM threshold provisioning for SDH network elements

Note: INM Power Measurement will be supported in future releases of INM. This software application is an optical software package that must be installed with INM Core and INM optical section view (OSV). The application allows the user to model optical paths in INM and view it through the OSV GUI.

64K NE IDAll Network Manager releases and Integrated Network Management (INM) releases previous to release 5.0 do not support network element numbers greater than 32767. INM Release 5.0.2 supports an extended NE ID range of 32767 to 65534.

32M SCBecause of increasing demand on the memory of the shelf controller (SC) from code expansion, OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2/1.5 introduces more memory on the SC with the 32M SC hardware. OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2/1.5 also provides software support for the 32M SC circuit pack.


3-8 OAM&P features

Routing fundamentalsAll addressable network elements in a network must be identified by a unique network service access point (NSAP). A protocol data unit (PDU) is a packet that is used by a source network element to send data to a destination network element: a source and destination NSAP information and service data unit (SDU) that carries the actual data in the message.

All network elements operating within the same routing parameter are said to form a domain. A domain can be further divided into sub-domains or areas, also known as a Level 1 area. The protocol used for routing PDUs within an area is known as Level 1 routing (intra-area). See “Level 2 routing concepts” on page 3-11.

Network elements within an area take on one of the following roles:

• an end system (ES)

— a node that can originate and terminate PDUs but does not route PDUs within an area

— example: an OPC

• a Level 1 intermediate system (Level 1 IS)

— such a system performs the same role as an ES, and

— is also responsible for routing and relaying PDUs from one network element to another within the Level 1 area

— maintains a detailed topological view of routes to every connected network element within its Level 1 area

— examples: NEs and the network processor (NP)

• a Level 2 intermediate system (Level 2 IS)

— performs all the functions of a Level 1 IS

— is responsible for routing PDUs from one Level 1 area to another Level 1 area within the domain

Level 1 routing conceptsA Level 1 routing area is created or defined by a unique set of area addresses. Because of standards history, the maximum number of unique area addresses that can be supported for interoperability purposes in a Level 1 area is three.

For messages to be routed between nodes there must be a routing adjacency established between the nodes. What happens on optical NEs is as follows. A SONET DCC example is used to illustrate the concepts. The concepts are similar for LAN-based connections (Control NET: CNET and Ethernet).


OAM&P features 3-9

A link is established over the channel. The frame size that is to be used at each end of this link must be identical. Nothing in the protocol specification verifies that the frame size at each end is the same. The user must ensure that the frame sizes at each end is equal. In a SONET example, the point-to-point connection uses the Link Access Protocol for D-channels (LAPD) over the section data communications channel (SDCC). This arrangement establishes the basic fact that the NEs can communicate with each other. After this fact has been established, the NEs must now determine their routing compatibility, their ability to route messages to or from the other NE. At this time, routing adjacency status is determined.

After the LAPD connection has been established, the NEs now exchange routing information. This routing information contains the following NE details:

• its network service access point (NSAP) address

• the number of area addresses the NE supports

• a list of the area addresses that this NE supports (maximum of three)

If the NEs do not support the same number of area addresses, the link cannot be established. The NEs compare lists of supported area addresses at this point. All that is required is for one area address to be common on the two NEs. If there is at least one area address in common, a routing adjacency is established and messages can be routed between the two NEs. If no area address is in common, then the NEs view the link as unusable for the purposes of routing messages to or from each other.

When a routing adjacency is established, the NEs exchange additional information. A kind of additional information exchanged by the NEs is which adjacent NEs are accessible through which port. All NEs within the Level 1 network exchange their information with another NE in the network. It is this information that allows each NE to build the same view of the network and the network connectivity. This information is then used by those NEs that are Level 1 routers to route messages throughout the Level 1 network.

When two Level 1 areas are joined into a single Level 1 area, only the NEs from the two areas that are physically connected require an area address in common. The key factors required to join two separate Level 1 areas into one Level 1 area are as follows:

• The frame size on the connecting link must be identical.

• The number of supported area addresses at each NE must be the same.

• The connected NEs must have at least one supported area address in common.


3-10 OAM&P features

There are circumstances in which NEs from different vendors must work together in a network and be able to route each other’s messages. It is likely that two different vendors’ equipment use different default area addresses. The ability to support more than one area address means it is simpler to provision the one vendor’s area address on the other’s NE to which it is connected so that there one area address in common.

The manual area address (MAA) set on any given NE is the area addresses the NE has provisioned on it. The NE uses this NSAP as the source address of all messages it originates. To establish routing adjacency, NEs exchange information about which area addresses they each support. This information is passed from NE to NE around the entire Level 1 area. All NEs in the entire Level 1 area know about all area addresses provisioned within the Level 1 area. The union of all these manual area address sets then becomes the computed area address (CAA) set. The CAA set is found on each NE within the Level 1 area. No more than three MAAs can be provisioned in a Level 1 area.

Since all nodes can support a maximum of three area addresses in their computed area address set, the remaining area addresses are dropped, which has a disastrous effect on the network. The nodes decide which area addresses to keep and which to drop according to the following rule, from ISO 10589:

Compare all area addresses digit by digit starting from the left. Once a lower digit is found, that area address is deemed to be lower than the other is. After all area addresses in the computed area address set are compared, the three lowest stay and everything else goes.

Assume the following five manual area addresses are provisioned on nodes within a Level 1 area:

• 123456

• 23456789

• 34567890

• 4

• 5

Following the rule, area addresses 123456, 23456789, and 34567890 are kept while 4 and 5 are dropped. No leading zeroes are added to pad the addresses to be the same length. All addresses are left justified and the comparison begins. In this example, the comparison ends after the first digits are compared.


OAM&P features 3-11

Because area addresses 4 and 5 have now been dropped, any nodes that are using either of these area addresses in their NSAP addresses will have a problem. For example, assume node X has area address 5 in its manual area address set and uses this area address in its NSAP. When X originates a message, it places its NSAP as the source address of the message. The destination node, Y for example, receives the message (assuming Y was not using either 4 or 5 as part of its NSAP address).

Should Y wish to respond to the message, it uses the source address NSAP from the message it has now received from X as the destination NSAP for its response.Since Y dropped area address 5 from its computed area address set, it can not know how to route the message within this Level 1 area to the correct destination node, X. If Level 1 routing were supported is this network, Y would throw the message away and node X would not get a response to its message.

Level 2 routing conceptsLevel 2 routing is used to interconnect previously created Level 1 areas. Level 2 routers follow the Level 1 algorithms as described in the previous section. They are an NE within a Level 1 area. They can also route messages to nodes that are not within their own Level 1 area. To achieve this arrangement, a Level 2 router must have at least one of its communications ports directly connected to that of another Level 2 router. To maintain connectivity in a domain comprised of numerous Level 1 areas, all Level 2 routers must be connected. This connection forms the Level 2 routing backbone.

Once connected and provisioned as Level 2 routers, the Level 2 routers exchange information between themselves. The information exchanged is the set of area addresses (computed as a set of area addresses) each supported in its Level 1 area. Each Level 2 router can then build a map of which Level 2 routers support which Level 1 area addresses. In addition, each Level 2 router can determine over which link it must send a message destined for another Level 1 area to allow the message to reach its destination. See Figure 3-3 on page 3-14.

Level 2 connectivitySome common misconceptions exist regarding connectivity among Level 2 routing. Most assume boundary NEs can be configured as Level 2 routers and Level 2 routing will occur. This scenario holds true in a simple case where there are only two areas involved. The situation becomes more complex when there are more than two areas.

A Level 1 router can only operate in the Level 1 area. It cannot operate in the Level 2 sub-domain. A Level 2 router can operate in both Level 1 and Level 2 sub-domains, bridging both levels. A Level 2 router can also act as a Level 1 router. It can route packets within its area just like any Level 1 router while it can also route packets between different areas in the Level 2 sub-domain.


3-12 OAM&P features

When a packet is routed through the Level 2 sub-domain, the Level 2 router cannot make use of Level 1 links or paths to forward the packet. A packet routed through the Level 2 sub-domain must use Level 2 paths formed by Level 2 links. Level 1 and Level 2 paths operate separately.

Level 2 with linear systemsOPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2/1.5 Repeater system can support a number of on ramp and off ramp tributaries where a cluster of NEs can hang off each tributary. Each of these tributary clusters will be a tributary network. In this case, the total number of NEs in the entire tributary network can exceed the Level 1 routing limit. If this happens, part or all of the tributary networks must be partitioned into smaller Level 1 areas. Each tributary network is configured as an individual area. In each area, the NE connection to the OPTera Long Haul 1600 linear backbone is configured as a Level 2 router for the area itself. This NE can then tap into the OPTera Long Haul 1600 backbone using the tributary circuit. See Figure 3-4 on page 3-15.

Amplifier site or dense regenerator site as a Level 2 hubA Repeater NE configured as a line amplifier site (using MOR Plus amplifier) is the natural choice to a be a Level 2 router because the MOR Plus acts as an optical hub where multiple spans of NEs meet at a single point. Each node in the different areas can communicate with one another, as well as the common regenerator or line amplifier, through the Level 2 routers. See Figure 3-5 on page 3-16.


OAM&P features 3-13

Figure 3-2Data communication fundamentals

OTP0137.eps

Area ALevel 1

Level 2

Domain X

Area BLevel 1


3-14 OAM&P features

Figure 3-3Level 2 routing across Level 1 areas

OTP0138.eps

L21S

L21S

L21S

INM

Area X

Area Z

Area Y

The 3 areas are connected with L21S.

Note 1: Now there is only one routingdomain. This routing domain is madeup of 3 unique areas identified withunique area addresses (X, Y, Z).

Note 2: Each one of the areas is nowconnected with Level 2 routers.

Note 3: Peer-to-peer communication between NEs of different areas is nowpossible.

Note 4: Redundant communication path for INM to the NEs upon brokenlinks.


OAM&P features 3-15

Figure 3-4Level 2 with linear systems

OTP0139.eps

Subtending SubtendingThe OPTera Long Haul 1600 level 2 routers are connected to each other using DCC orOSC to form the backbonefor the level 2 path.

Tributary Tributary

L2

L2

L2

L2

L2

L2

OSCor

DCC

Legend

- Level 2 path

- Level 2 router

Note 1: Each tributary network is configured as an individual area. In each tributary area, the NEconnection to the OPTera Long Haul 1600 backboneis configured as a level 2 router for the area itself. This NE can then tap into the OPTera Long Haul 1600 backbone using the tributary circuit.

Note 2: OPTera Long Haul 1600 can support a number of tributaries where a cluster of NEs can hang off each tributary.

Note 3: Each of these tributary clusters is atributary network.

Note 4: The total number of NEs in the entiretributary network can exceed a level 1 routing limit in this senario. Therefore, part or all of the tributary networks must be partitioned intosmaller level 1 areas.


3-16 OAM&P features

Figure 3-5Amplifier site or dense regenerator as a Level 2 Hub

OTP0140.eps

Legend

- Level 2 path

- Level 2 router

L2

L2

L2

L2

L2

L2

NE

NE

MOR

Area 2

Area 3

Area 4

Area 1

Area 5

Area 6

Area 7

Note 1: MOR NE is the natural choice to be a level 2 router, sincethe MOR circuit packs act as an optical hub where multiple spans of NEs meet at a single point.

Note 2: Nodes in the different areas can communicate with oneanother and the common regenerator/optical line amplifier throughthe level 2 routers.


OAM&P features 3-17

In summary, Level 2 routing enables the data communication network to develop beyond the current network size limit. This new functionality allows the communication to any network element and OPCs within networks without barriers. It is no longer necessary to segment the data communication domain to respect the conventional 150 nodes Level 1 area limit by selectively turning on or off physical DATACOMM ports. Instead, the entire network can be split into Level 1 routing areas with simple manual area address provisioning at each NE. A small number of NEs at the boundary area can be provisioned as Level 2 routers and used to interconnect the previously created Level 1 areas. The addition of one or more large network segments to the existing DATACOMM network can be accomplished easily by creating one or more new areas without requiring re-provisioning of any existing DATACOMM ports.

Nortel Networks’s implementation of Level 2 routing requires little or no manual intervention for this operation. The user only needs to provision a few operation parameters when commissioning.

For specific details on the commissioning procedures, refer to the OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTPs. For more details on data communications and Level 2 routing, see Data Communications Planning Guide, PG OC 99-30, issue 1.

CLUI, WUI, and OPC UIThe user interface (UI) enhancements relate to the restructured optical commands in a new optical facility CLUI menu that includes:

• a modified OCn facility menu for the SONET 2.5G WT, 10G WT, OC-192 XR circuit packs

• a modified STMn facility menu for the SDH 2.5G WT, 10G WT, and STM-64 XR circuit packs

This CLUI instance offers the following advantages:

• allows you to locate commands related to optical hardware quickly and easily

• facilitates the query and modification of configuration information for this hardware

CLUI supports the following attributes:

• new NE Repeater type with respective shelf IDs (Repeater main shelf ID is 2, Repeater first extension shelf ID is 3)

• new grouping of circuit packs for MOR Plus, 2.5G WT, 10G WT, and OC-192/STM-64 XR

• new Repeater CP inventory

• 64K NE ID


3-18 OAM&P features

• transmitter analog maintenance 2 (AM2) provisioning support

• new optical facility menu that groups all optical related submenus and includes transmitter output provisioning, received physical parameters, MOR Plus facility and measurements as well as MOR Plus DCC control

• software provisionable transmitted power, wavelength and chirp

• additional Tx provisioning: AM1 or AM2 dither provisioning and NLS dither provisioning

• MOR Plus end-to-end power control for 32-λ (automatic channel discovery, channel provisioning information propagation and local locking capabilities, output power propagation and local locking capabilities)

• new COMNE command (commission NE) replaces CreateNE

• new delete extension shelf command

• secondary state support for supported circuit packs and circuit pack groups

The CLUI output displayed by various commands has the same formatting and display properties except for the displays that support new functionality (for example, the new 2.5G WT and 10G WT).

The UI enhancements allow you to select multiple sets of optical facility instances on a single circuit pack (for example, dual DWDM circuit packs). Introduction of this feature in the first day of OPTera Long Haul 1600 deployment minimizes the customer impact on this major CLUI change in the future.

See Figure 3-6 on page 3-19 for the CLUI menu details

See Figure 3-7 on page 3-20 for a sample of the new CLUI screen.


OAM&P features 3-19

Figure 3-6CLUI overview

OPT0036.eps

Main

Alarm

PerformanceMonitoring

Protection

Equipment

Facility

OpticalFacility

Administration

InterfacePort

UserAdministration

Date and Time

EthernetControl

PTOutput

AlarmProvisioning

AlarmProvisioning

PTInput

MORFacility

Rx Optical Facility

Tx OpticalFacility

DCCControl

OCnFacility

OSCFacility

Optical SIGnalFacility

PowerMeasurements

MOR DCCControl

Manual AreaAddress Mgmt.

Shelf AlarmProvisioning

NE AlarmProvisioning

AlarmProvisioning

Orderwire

Circuit PackGroup Equipment

AlarmProvisioning

NetworkElement

ClearCounts

ThresholdsFacility

Performance

Circuit PackGroup Protection


3-20 OAM&P features

Figure 3-7Sample of new CLUI screen

OTP0092.eps

External communications (DCC, OSC)The external communications functionality on the OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater NE is implemented on the following:

• the 32M shelf controller (SC) circuit pack

• the 128 M maintenance interface (MI) circuit pack

• the optical circuit packs (WT and XR).

OPTera Long Haul 1600 external comms and remote layer management (RLM) support both SDCC and OSC (no SDCC access with 2.5G WT and 10G WT).

See page 4-56 for limitations related to external communications.

C 000 M 000 m 000 w 000 LckOut 000 ActPt 000 00:43

NE 2019> QRNE

NE Equipment NE Id: 21

NE Type: REPEATERNE Name:Location:Function:Line Rate: OC192

Date: 01/01/95 [DD/MM/YY]Time: 00/42/02 [HH/MM/SS]Time Zone: GMT

Current Clock Source: ThroughTimedTarget Clock Source: ThroughTimed

Shelf Vintage Position Serial Number-------------------------------------------------------------------------CONTROL 0 1 NTM0133109FEOTP MAIN 0 2 -OTP EXTENSION 0 3 -


OAM&P features 3-21

Product upgrade paths Table 3-2 contains information about the different options available when deploying or upgrading OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater network elements. Commissioning MI (Golden MI) are to be used for all first deployments (green field deployments).

Table 3-2OPTera Long Haul 1600 deployment and software upgrade paths

OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release

Commissioning MI (Golden MI) supported deployment

Possible software upgrade path

1.0 OAS network elements (NEs) None (first introduction)

1.2 Repeater NEs None (first introduction)

1.5 OAS NEs Release 1.0 to 1.5

Repeater NEs Release 1.2 to 1.5

2 (see Note) Combiner NEs

OAS NEs

Repeater NEs

Release 1.5 to 2

Note 1: OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.5 to Release 2 is a span of control (SOC) only upgrade because it only upgrades the OPC software to include management of Combiner NEs into an existing Release 1.5 network. NE software catalog files are upgraded with the new release information.

Note 2: OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 2 supports the new deployment of OAS, Repeater and Combiner NEs through the Multiple catalog support (MCS) functionality. MCS also allows the SOC upgrade of an OPTera Long Haul 1600 OAS or Repeater from Release 1.5 to Release 2 . This SOC upgrade allows the use of a single SOC for all NE types. A Combiner NE can only be created upon commissioning MI deployment, not upon upgrade or decommissioning of an existing Repeater or OAS NE.


3-22 OAM&P features

Network managementSeveral network management considerations must be taken into account when deploying OPTera Long Haul 1600 products in a system. OPTera Long Haul 1600 operators are looking to purchase or lease bandwidth (or wavelengths) from various carriers and from various network configurations. Because overhead transparency may be required when deploying open optical interfaces that provide λ-leasing capabilities (such as OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2/1.5), performance monitoring and alarm management become a challenge.

With OPTera Long Haul 1600 Releases 1.2/1.5, operators are able to provision some bytes in the overhead to address this fault management issue. In Figure 3-8 on page 3-23, the second and last deployment examples are manageable because each carrier can perform its own sectionalization of faults without interfering with the others. However, in the first example, which is a direct application of transparent λ−leasing, it is not clear as to where a fault originates and which carrier will account for it. In this situation, operators can provision the B1 byte (section parity byte for error counts and PM counts) as recalculated and provision J0 (section trace) as inserted to activate section trace monitoring. Section trace monitoring effectively indicates misconnections from an on-ramp facility to an off-ramp facility.

B1 byte provisioning functionalityAs shown in Figure 3-9 on page 3-23, if the B1 byte is provisioned as pass-through, the error count increases every time a fault occurs and the total quantity of error counts reaches the subtending equipment. The operator then has to log in to each OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater NE in the link and look at the PM screens to determine where the counts have started to increase. The B1 byte provisioned as pass-through answers the need of some customers for total service transparency while still signaling faults to the subtending equipment. The subtending equipment can then handle the protection switching. In this scenario however, sectionalization of faults is a laborious process.

For a faster and more effective sectionalization of fault solution, the B1 byte can be provisioned as recalculated. In this situation, the B1 byte is reset to 00 at every Repeater site when no faults are detected within a span. If an error occurs between two Repeaters, the error counts show on the PM screens of the receiving Repeater. The fault can then be localized and acknowledged much faster without fastidious calculations. For carriers who require rapid fault detection, B1 recalculated is a valuable solution.

Subtending equipment is still provided with switching capabilities in the event of a B2 error as the passed through B2 byte is detected at the far end terminal.


OAM&P features 3-23

Figure 3-8OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2/1.5 network management considerations

OTP0058.eps

Figure 3-9Sectionalization of faults for OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater NE

OTP0125.eps

Operator OperatorCarrier A Carrier B

Operator OperatorCarrier A Carrier B

Operator Operator

Operator Operator

Carrier C

SubtendingTBM

SubtendingTBM

RPT

λ

RPT

λ

RPT

λ

RPT

λ

B1 1 B1 1 B1 2 B1 2

B1 2

B1 1

B2 1

B1 0 B1 1 B1 0

B1 0

B2 1

On Ramp Off Ramp

B1 Passthrough

B1 Recalculated B1 Recalculated B1 RecalculatedB1 Recalculated

B1 Passthrough B1 Passthrough

B1 Passthrough

B1 errors

B1 errors

B2 errors

X

X

X

ATM

Routers

IP

ATM

Routers

IP


3-24 OAM&P features

AlarmsThe alarms associated with OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2/1.5 Repeater 2.5G WT, the 10G WT, and the OC-192/STM-64 XR circuit packs include the following equipment alarms for section fault management:

• Circuit pack missing

• Circuit pack fail

• Circuit pack mismatch

• Autoprovisioning mismatch

• Filler card missing

Facility alarms include:

• PM threshold crossing alerts (TCAs)

• Loss of signal (LOS)

• SDCC link fail (for the OC192/STM64 XR circuit pack only)

There are no new additional alarms introduced with this release of OPTera Long Haul 1600.


4-1

Engineering rules 4-Chapter overview

This chapter contains the following sections:

• “Frame equipment” on page 4-1

• “Circuit packs” on page 4-11

• “Mandatory control shelf circuit packs” on page 4-16

• “Optional control shelf circuit packs” on page 4-17

• “OPC definition” on page 4-18

• “Circuit pack equipping rules” on page 4-22

• “Power Optimizer interworking” on page 4-27

• “Deployment examples” on page 4-28

• “Typical bay configurations” on page 4-32

• “Limitations” on page 4-55

Frame equipmentThe OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay is built using a 2.125 m (6 ft 11.64 in.) front access universal frame. Optionally, frame extenders can be used to extend the 2.125 m frames to the following heights:

• 2.13 m (7 ft.)

• 2.20 m (7.21 ft.)

• 2.29 m (7.5 ft.)

• 2.44 m (8 ft.)

• 2.60 m (8.53 ft.)

• 2.74 m (9 ft.)

• 3.50 m (11.5 ft.)


4-2 Engineering rules

A bay frame includes the following:

• anchor bolts

• shear plate

• a grounding strip

• all the necessary attachment screws

A standard equipped OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay is available on a frame with dimensions of 23.62 in. (0.60 m) wide x 11.73 in. (0.298 m) deep x 83.66 in. (2.125 m) high.

The OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay is available with an optional extension shelf for additional optical interfaces such as 2.5G WT, 10G WT and OC-192/STM-64 XR. Because in-service addition of the optional extension shelf is not supported with releases 1.2 and 1.5, it is strongly recommended that customers with high capacity needs purchase the OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay frame with the optional extension shelf in place. The second optional extension shelf will be available in the near future. For a typical OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater bay layout, see Figure 4-1.


Engineering rules 4-3

Figure 4-1OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater bay configuration

OTP0018.eps

Two four-unitDWDM shelves



PowerThe office power terminations are fastened to the control shelf with lugs. All power distribution is contained within the bay, shelves and frames. It is well protected against accidental cuts or short-circuits because power wires are not externally accessible.

As shown in Figure 4-2 on page 4-5, three power feeds from each battery (A and B), and the required three battery return cables for each battery (A and B) provide power to the bay. A ground connection is also provided at the top of the bay for frame ground connection to the central office (CO) ground.

You can use two configuration models to connect OPTera Long Haul 1600 power feeds to the power supply: 6 power feeds and 2 power feeds.

Six power feedsThe six power feeds can be connected to the front power termination block (see Figure 4-2 on page 4-5). Figure 4-4 on page 4-7 shows how to connect the power cables to the front termination block.

The fuse or breaker for each power lead from the battery distribution fuse bay (BDFB) must be 40 amperes.

Two power feedsTo connect the two power feeds, you must have the correct power feed jumper kit. It contains two 3-position bus bars, one 6-position bus bar and 4 x #4 AWG power leads. See Figure 4-3 on page 4-6 for a detailed schematic of the 2 power feeds installation procedure.

The fuse or breaker for each power lead from the BDFB must be 100 amperes.

Note: You can use different types of fuses/breakers to protect the wiring between the BDFB and the OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay. The given amperage values do not depend on the type of fuse or breaker used.

Breaker/filter modulesThe breaker/filter modules consist of seven 15-ampere circuit breakers, low frequency filtering, and soft-start circuits. The circuit breakers are logically assigned for the power distribution to the control shelf, to each quadrant of the main transport shelf and to each half of the extension shelf (see Figure 4-5 on page 4-8). Each breaker/filter module is connected to the three parallel battery feeds located in the power termination area. The circuit packs are located in slots 1 and 2 of the control shelf: one circuit pack for battery A power feeds and one circuit pack for battery B power feeds. Both circuit packs are required to offer power redundancy.



Figure 4-2Power feed assignments for 6 power feeds with front power termination block (front view shown)

F3178

A1 (-48V)

B1 (-48V)

A2 (-48V)

B2 (-48V)

A3 (-48V)

B3 (-48V)

A1 (RET)

B1 (RET)

A2 (RET)

B2 (RET)

A3 (RET)

B3 (RET)

Note: The A and B returns are tied together, as shown, by L-shapedconnectors on the back of the power termination block.

L-shapedconnectors



Figure 4-3Installing jumper buses on the 2-power feed front power termination block (front view shown)

OTP0751.eps

Control shelfterminal block assembly

2-position bus bars

3-position bus bars(PO885924)

Pos A1 (ret)Pos B1 (ret)Pos A2 (ret)Pos B2 (ret)Pos A3 (ret)Pos B3 (ret)

Control shelfterminal block assembly

Feed cables (part of NTCA89GE)

Pos A1 (-48V)Pos B1 (-48V)Pos A2 (-48V)Pos B2 (-48V)Pos A3 (-48V)Pos B3 (-48V)

6-position bus bar(P0882764)

Pos A1 (-48V)Pos B1 (-48V)Pos A2 (-48V)Pos B2 (-48V)Pos A3 (-48V)Pos B3 (-48V)

2

Return cables (part of NTCA89GE)

AB

Pos A1 (ret)Pos B1 (ret)Pos A2 (ret)Pos B2 (ret)Pos A3 (ret)Pos B3 (ret)

1

3

Feed cables



Figure 4-4Power cables connected to the OPTera Long Haul 1600 control shelf power termination block

OTP0201.eps

Power terminationblock

Power cables fromthe power termination

block to the powersupply

Breaker FilterModule A

Breaker FilterModule B



Figure 4-5OPTera Long Haul 1600 power distribution and circuit breaker assignment (one battery feed)

OTP0241.eps

Fiber management traysThe fiber management trays manage optical fiber cable slack going in and out of the OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay. The fiber management unit (located below the LCAP) contains two separate pull-out drawers or trays that are available in standard format (NTCA84GA and NTCA84GB). The 20 fiber reels are equipped within the fiber management tray as part of the basic configuration (NTCA84GC). Each reel can store up two meters of fiber slack patchcord without affecting the allowed bend radius. Figure 4-6 on page 4-9 shows a standard fiber management tray unit equipped with 20 fiber spools. The OPTera Long Haul 1600 main shelf filled with circuit packs accommodates a maximum of 24 fibers. The optional extension shelf and the second extension shelf accommodate a maximum of 20 fibers each. Because the total capacity

(-) (-) (-)A3 A2 A1

-48V connections on external powertermination, at top of the bay

Note: Fan power is provided by internal fuses located in the breaker/filter module.

Control shelf

Breaker/filter module

Main shelf

Extension shelf

SecondExtension shelf

13 - 17

21 - 5

26 - 10

31 - 5

36 - 10

41 - 5

46 - 10



of fiber-optic patchcords of one OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay is 40 fibers, stand-alone fiber management facilities must be installed if a second extension shelf is required to extend bay capacity.

Figure 4-6Optical fiber management tray equipped with the hardware kit (20 fiber-optic spools)

OTP0044.tif

In addition, different options for optical devices and optical fiber management routing equipment are available to meet customer requirements. These options include the following:

• 8 miniature variable optical attenuators (mVOAs) mounting plate kit and 16 adaptors

• 8 attenuator mounting plate kit to install fixed attenuation pads

• 1 or 2 WDM couplers mounting plate kit for 1541.3 nm and 1560.6 nm wavelength sparing

• L-band/OSC WDM coupler mounting plate kit

Fiber guidesTo handle intrabay fiber management routing, the OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay includes fiber guides on the sides of the shelves. Figure 4-7 on page 4-10 shows how to store fiber-slack on fiber guides. These fiber guides are useful to relieve fiber optics patchcord overload in the fiber management trays.



Figure 4-7Storing slack of fiber-optic patchcord on fiber guides on the sides of the shelves

OTP0062.eps

Notes : 1- Store fiber slack between shelves on the same bay on the fiber guides at the sides of the bay.2- Store fiber slack to and from another bay on the fiber spoolsinside the FMTs.

Fiber guide



Circuit packsThis section provides engineering rules for ordering and equipping circuit packs in an OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater NE configuration. Order circuit packs as follows:

• when you order a new bay

• when you are expanding an existing system to add more capacity

• if you require replacements or spares

Order circuit packs according to the OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater network element configuration. Release 1.2/1.5 supports the use of the optional extension shelf for a denser Repeater application.

Order spare circuit packs based on your requirements. It is recommended that you have a minimum number of spare circuit pack as backups for circuit packs carrying traffic and control circuit packs, such as shelf controller (SC) and the maintenance interface (MI).

See the following figures for the various views of the shelf configuration layout for an OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater network element:

• Figure 4-8 on page 4-12 for the layout of the OPTera Long Haul 1600 control shelf

• Figure 4-9 on page 4-13 for the layout of the OPTera Long Haul 1600 main transport shelf and optional extension shelf configured for the wavelength translator application (WT)

• Figure 4-10 on page 4-14 for the layout of the OPTera Long Haul 1600 main transport shelf and optional extension shelf configured for the dense regenerator application (WT)

These figures highlight the circuit pack positions and equipping rules for the various system configurations.



Figure 4-8Typical control shelf layout for the OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay Release 1.2 and 1.5 Repeater bay

OTP0020.eps

32M

SC

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

PO

PS

PO

PC

MX

PO

PI

PT

OW

128M

MI

MX

PT

Bre

aker

/filte

r m

odul

e A

Bre

aker

/filte

r m

odul

e B

Note 1:

Legend

Release 1.2 and 1.5 do not have ESI circuit packs.

Mandatory circuit packs

Optional circuit packs

Note 2: The parallel telemetry (PT) circuit pack, the orderwire (OW) circuit pack, and the second message exchange (MX) circuit pack are optional circuit packs.

Note 3: OPC circuit packs in slots 3, 4, 5, and 12 are not required in every network element. All three OPC cards are only required in a network element that houses the primary OPC or backup OPC.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17



Figure 4-9OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater WT application bay configuration

OTP0004.eps

G0 G1 G2 G3 G4 G5 G6 G7 G8 G9

G10 G11 G12 G13 G14 G15 G16 G17 G18 G19

MO

R P

lus

(Red

Pre

/Blu

ePos

t)

MO

R P

lus

(Red

Pos

t/Blu

ePre

)

MO

R P

lus

(Red

Pre

/Blu

ePos

t)

MO

R P

lus

(Red

Pos

t/Blu

ePre

)

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

Main shelf(Shelf ID: 2)

Extension shelf 1(Shelf ID: 3)

Fan module unit installed between main shelf and extensionshelf 1 in bay

Note: G4 through G19 can contain either 2.5G WT or 10G WT circuit packs for Repeater Wavelength Translator systems. Follow G-naming rules.



Figure 4-10OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater dense regenerator application main and extension shelf

OTP0050.eps

G0 G1 G2 G3 G4 G5 G6 G7 G8 G9

G10 G11 G12 G13 G14 G15 G16 G17 G18 G19

MO

R P

lus

(Red

Pre

/Blu

ePos

t)

MO

R P

lus

(Red

Pos

t/Blu

ePre

)

MO

R P

lus

(Red

Pre

/Blu

ePos

t)

MO

R P

lus

(Red

Pos

t/Blu

ePre

)

OC

-192

/ST

M-6

4 X

R

OC

-192

/ST

M-6

4 X

R

OC

-192

/ST

M-6

4 X

R

OC

-192

/ST

M-6

4 X

R

OC

-192

/ST

M-6

4 X

R

OC

-192

/ST

M-6

4 X

RO

C-1

92/S

TM

-64

XR

OC

-192

/ST

M-6

4 X

R

OC

-192

/ST

M-6

4 X

R

OC

-192

/ST

M-6

4 X

R

OC

-192

/ST

M-6

4 X

R

OC

-192

/ST

M-6

4 X

R

OC

-192

/ST

M-6

4 X

R

OC

-192

/ST

M-6

4 X

R

OC

-192

/ST

M-6

4 X

R

OC

-192

/ST

M-6

4 X

R

Main shelf(Shelf ID: 2)

Extension shelf 1(Shelf ID: 3)

Note: Follow G-naming rules.

Fan module unit installed between main shelf and extensionshelf 1 in bay



2.5G WT and 10G WT open optical interfacesOPTera Long Haul 1600 bidirectional Wavelength Translators condition 2.5-Gbit/s or 10-Gbit/s services for DWDM long-haul transport in a multivendor environment. Translated optical signals are regenerated, reshaped and retimed for optimum performance over a DWDM backbone. Open optical interfaces allow transparent interworking with virtually any SONET, SDH, IP or ATM 2.5-Gbit/s or 10-Gbit/s network elements not equipped with DWDM- compatible optics. The 2.5G WT and 10G WT circuit packs have a transmitter output port and a receiver input port. Transmitters use distributed feedback (DFB) semiconductor laser technology and provide provisionable output power and chirp setting.

Note: Chirp setting is only provisionable on the 10G WT and the OC-192/STM-64 XR circuit packs.

Both the 2.5G WT and the 10G WT are supported in slots 6 to10 (G5 to G9) of the main shelf and slots 1 to 10 (G10 to G19) of the optional extension shelf. The 2.5G WT and 10G WT circuit packs follow predefined pairing and equipping rules. See “Circuit pack equipping rules” on page 4-22 for details.

OC-192/STM-64 XR single regenerator interfaceThe OC-192/STM-64 XR is a 10 Gbit/s single circuit pack that is used in full regeneration applications. The OC-192/STM-64 XR circuit pack is short reach only. This circuit pack is in slots 6 to 10 (G5 to G9) of the main shelf and slots 1 to 10 (G0 to G9) of the optional extension shelf. Sixteen OC-192/STM-64 XR circuit packs are grouped in 8 East/West circuit pack group (CPG) pairs on the main and extension shelves of the OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay.

Filler circuit packs (or filler cards)The NTCA49AA filler circuit packs are used to fill empty slots on the main, first, and second extension shelves to ensure correct cooling. The single slot filler circuit pack must be used in all unequipped full-height single slots.

To prevent EMI emissions, filler circuit packs (NTCA59AA) are required for all empty slots in the control shelf of the OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay. Filler circuit packs are always required in slots 16 and 17 of the control shelf. Insert additional filler circuit packs in slots 3, 4, 5 and 12 of the control shelf if the POPC is not used. Filler circuit packs are also required in slots 11, 13, 14 and 15 of the control shelf if the redundant MX, the parallel telemetry and the orderwire circuit packs are not used.



Mandatory control shelf circuit packsThe following circuit packs are mandatory for the Repeater application.

Breaker/filter moduleTwo breaker/filter modules (A and B) units must be equipped in slots 1 and 2 of the control shelf for redundant −48V supply to the shelves. Each breaker/filter module contains seven 15A breakers and the associated filters. The modules distribute power to the control, main transport and extension shelf, including the environmental control unit (ECU). In addition, the breaker/filter modules attenuate the noise on the −48V power lines. The filters also limit current surges and clamp overvoltages.

Shelf Controller (SC)One shelf processor (SC) is required in the control shelf. The SC is equipped in slot 6. The SC interfaces to all software-based circuit packs and serves as a message gateway for DCC, external RS-232 and Ethernet. Its various functions include alarm reporting, PM collection, system fault detection, isolation and protection, software download and upgrade and restart capability from local nonvolatile flash on the MI circuit pack. OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2/1.5 introduces a 32 Mbyte SC.

Maintenance Interface (MI)The maintenance interface (MI) circuit pack is required for each OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay and is equipped in slot 9 of the control shelf. It houses one serial RS-232 port and three Ethernet ports on its faceplate. The MI operates in with the shelf controller and contains 128 Mbytes of flash memory which is used for configuration and code storage. Its main functions include alarm reporting, processor sanity, circuit pack inventory and status and Ethernet/RS-232 port drivers.

Message Exchange (MX)The message exchange (MX) circuit pack is required in slot 10 or 11 of the control shelf. It handles internal communications between the control circuit packs and the optical circuit packs, as well as DCC routing. The MX circuit pack connects the shelf controller to all software based circuit packs in the OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay through the internal star-based LAN.

Note: You must install at least one MX circuit pack in the control shelf. If two MX circuit packs are installed, one can act as the working circuit pack, and one can act as the protection circuit pack.



Optional control shelf circuit packsAn optional circuit pack can be equipped in the input/output slots of the control shelf.

OPC controller (POPC-C)The OPC controller circuit pack is the basic hardware component of the OPC computing engine for the OPTera Long Haul 1600 control shelf. The OPC controller provides operations, administration, maintenance and provisioning (OAM&P) functionality. It communicates with the OPC interface circuit pack, the OPC storage circuit pack, the shelf controller circuit pack, and the maintenance interface circuit pack.

OPC storage (POPC-S)The OPC controller storage circuit pack consists of a hard disk drive, electrically erasable programmable read only memory (EEPROM) and a removable media interface (NTCA53BA). The OPC storage circuit pack acts as an extension to the OPC controller.

OPC interface (POPC-I)The OPC interface circuit pack is intended to be a reactive circuit card. The OPC interface circuit pack provides the external customer interfaces for the OPTera Long Haul 1600 control shelf. It also communicates with the maintenance interface circuit pack and the OPC controller circuit pack.

Message exchange (protection)The MX circuit pack connects the shelf controller to all software-based circuit packs through an internal bus. It detects circuit pack presence supports intercard messaging. The MXA circuit pack, found in hardware slot 10 is considered a mandatory circuit pack. A second protection MX circuit pack, MXB in slot 11, is an optional circuit pack. The main function of the dual MX circuit pack support is to provide the protection for intercard messaging.

Parallel Telemetry (PT)Two optional parallel telemetry circuit packs can be equipped in slots 13 and 14 of the control shelf. The PT offers 64 telemetry inputs (activated when connected to ground) and 16 form-C relay outputs. The interface is achieved through one 44-pin D-sub connector for inputs and one 25-pin D-sub connector for outputs, located on the faceplate of the unit. This unit monitors and controls external equipment.

Orderwire (OW)The orderwire (OW) circuit pack provides two voice frequency communication channels between OPTera Long Haul 1600 NEs. The channels operate at a rate of 64 Kbit/s, using reserved bytes within the optical service channel (OSC). OSC can be transmitted on the 1510 nm or/and the 1625 nm wavelength. Orderwire over the SONET overhead is not available.



OPC definitionThe operations controller (OPC) provides operations, administration, maintenance and provisioning (OAM&P) functionality in an OPTera Long Haul 1600 network. OPC capabilities include system administration, network surveillance and software management.

An OPC has a span of control. A span of control consists of the OPTera Long Haul 1600 NEs that can be directly controlled or monitored by a single OPC (primary OPC only) or a pair of OPCs (primary and backup OPCs). Normally, a span of control is monitored by a pair of OPCs.

The partitioned OPC (POPC) consists of three separate OPC circuit packs that are installed together in the control shelf of an OPTera Long Haul 1600 NE. The POPC is loaded with software that allows it to monitor OPTera Long Haul 1600 NEs.

The OPC controller circuit pack installed in the control shelf communicates with the maintenance interface circuit pack, the OPC storage circuit pack and the OPC interface circuit pack, as seen in Figure 4-11 on page 4-19.

Maximum number of NEs in a span of controlThe maximum number of NEs in a single OPTera Long Haul 1600 span of control is 34. The maximum number of terminals in a single span of control is 24. The maximum number of NEs in a DCC network is 150. The NEs can be interconnected through the data communication channel (DCC) or Ethernet. All of the nodes in a DCC network are visible to the OPCs because of the Network Name Service. The Network Name Service is a database on the OPC that stores network routing information and is updated whenever a NE is removed or added to the system.



Figure 4-11Communication between the partitioned OPC (POPC) and other circuit packs in the NE

OTP0239.eps

The OC-12, OC-48, OC-192 and OPTera Long Haul 1600 NEs require their own OPCs. The OPTera Long Haul 1600 NEs must be in a different OPC span of control from OC-12, OC-48 or OC-192 NEs. The primary and backup OPCs in the OPTera Long Haul 1600 span of control must be located at opposite ends of the optical line in NEs that are configured in their span of control. This ensures that all NEs will still be visible in the event of a communication failure.

Communication between the POPC and other NEs through optical fiberThe OPC controller circuit pack exchanges OAM&P messages with NEs through the OSC. The OSC reproduces the SONET section and line DCC information embedded in the SONET overhead of the optical traffic.

At the receiving NE, the OSC optical signal is received by the OSC circuit pack and DCC information is processed. The DCC then travels over GraceLAN to the message exchange circuit pack, then over the multi-master serial bus (MMSB) to the shelf controller. The shelf controller receives the information, or retransmits the information downstream by way of the OSC DCC to the adjacent NE.

MI

SC MX G1

CircuitPack

MX G2OPC-C

OPC-S OPC-I

Circuit pack equipped with a processor (TCS)

CircuitPack

CircuitPack



Communication between the partitioned OPC (POPC) and independent networks over the Ethernet DCC bridge

An Ethernet DCC bridge permits OAM&P messages to be exchanged between OPTera Long Haul 1600 networks that are not connected by optical fiber but have NEs at the same site.

For example, two independent OPTera Long Haul 1600 networks (see Figure 4-12), each with one NE at a common site, can be connected with an Ethernet DCC bridge. The two independent networks are controlled by the same OPC and are in the same span of control because OAM&P messages can travel through the Ethernet DCC bridge.

The maintenance interface circuit pack is equipped with three 10Base-T Ethernet ports on its faceplate. The maintenance interface Ethernet ports allow DCC bridging between adjacent OPTera Long Haul 1600 NEs.

Figure 4-12Ethernet DCC bridge

OTP0240.eps

SC

NT

22K

08A

A08

1600

AS

DF

1234

5678

90

MI

NT

22K

08A

A08

1600

AS

DF

NT

CA

42A

A08

1600

AS

DF

MI

NT

22K

08A

A08

1600

AS

DF

NT

CA

42A

A08

1600

AS

DF

SC

NT

22K

08A

A08

1600

AS

DF

1234

5678

90

SC

Network element 1

SCMI

Network element 2

Ethernetbackplaneconnection

Ethernetbackplaneconnection

Ethernetfaceplate

connection

EthernetDCC bridge

MI



Location of the partitioned OPC (POPC) in a networkThe purpose of the OPC is to provide a centralized view and control point for the NEs that are contained within its span of control. Therefore, it is best for OPCs to be located near VT100-compatible terminals or workstations. Because the OPC storage circuit pack uses a removable media for data backups and software upgrades, the primary OPC should be located in an accessible site.

Although a configuration can function with a primary OPC only, it is recommended that a configuration have a primary and backup OPC for maximum protection against system failures.

One span of control: OPTera Long Haul 1600 system rulesIn an OPTera Long Haul 1600 system with one span of control, the OPCs are normally mounted in NEs at opposite ends of the network. This configuration is the most reliable for all system failures.

In the worst case, a fiber cut or equipment failure could partition the span into two subsystems, each under the control of one OPC (primary or backup). The backup OPC automatically becomes active to control all network elements up to the failure partition from its end. In this case, no network elements are isolated from an OPC.

Multiple spans of control: OPTera Long Haul 1600 system rules Because the maximum number of NEs in a single OPTera Long Haul 1600 span of control is 34, multiple spans of control are often necessary.

To optimize the placement of the OPCs in networks with multiple spans of control, a planner must consider the following system characteristics:

Locate the OPCs on NEs within the span of controlThe OPC can be located in a NE that is not in the span of control. To optimize performance, this must be avoided if possible, as it increases the length of the communication channel.

Equalize the size of spans of controlTo optimize performance, it is recommended that NEs in an OPTera Long Haul 1600 network with multiple spans of control be split into equally sized spans of control. It is also recommended to avoid one span of control operating near capacity and the other containing few NEs. It is better to rearrange the spans of control so that both have an equal number of NEs.



Second extension shelf equipping rulesIf a total capacity of more than 16 Wavelength Translators or regenerators is expected, the mechanical bay assembly with both first and second extension shelves (NTCA89GC) must be deployed. OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.5 supports the second extension shelf with the following restrictions:

• All empty slots must have NTCA49AA filler circuit packs.

• The environmental control panel (NTCA85CA) must be installed and equipped with the NTCA85DA fan modules. (These elements are provided with the NTCA89GC mechanical bay assembly.)

• No alarming is provided for the second extension shelf.

A future OPTera Long Haul 1600 software release will fully support the second extension shelf to offer up to 30 Wavelength Translators or regenerators.

Circuit pack equipping rulesG-naming and pairing rules prevent the introduction of future multi-function hardware either in the dual or quad circuit pack footprint. The rules are as follows:

• a two circuit pack pairing of the 2.5G WT in the Repeater bay G4 through G19 to provide the 2.5 Gbit/s WT bidirectional capability

• a two circuit pack pairing of the 10G WT in the Repeater bay G4 through G19 to provide the 10 Gbit/s WT bidirectional capability

• a two circuit pack pairing of OC-192/STM-64 XR in the Repeater bay G4 through G19 to provide the 10 Gbit/s XR bidirectional capability

Note: G-naming is related to the slot number in the Repeater shelves. G-naming starts at G0 and ends at G9 in the main shelf. In the optional extension G-naming starts at G10 and ends at G19.

G-naming and pairing boundariesThis section describes G-naming for the slots of the main and optional extension shelf and the pairing rules for the following circuit packs:

• 2.5G WT

• 10G WT

• OC-192/STM-64 XR


• MOR Plus/1625 nm OSC amplifiers

See Figure 4-13 on page 4-24 and Figure 4-14 on page 4-24.



WT and XR circuit packsThe Repeater bay supports pairs of the 2.5G WT circuit pack, pairs of the 10G WT circuit pack, and pairs of the OC-192/STM-64 XR circuit pack as follows:

• three pairs in the main shelf from G4 through G9 (G4/G5, G6/G7, G8/G9),

• five pairs in the optional extension shelf from G10 through G19 (G10/G11, G12/G13, G14/G15, G16/G17, G18/G19)

Note: OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2 supports only the 2.5G WT circuit pack.

MOR Plus amplifier and 1625 nm OSC amplifierThe OPTera bay supports MOR Plus amplifier pairs in slots G0 through G3 of the main shelf only. Slot 2 (G1) and slot 4 (G3) support either the MOR Plus amplifier or the MOR Plus/1625 OSC amplifier.

General• The Red Post/Blue Pre MOR Plus circuit pack can be equipped in slots 2

and 3 (G1 and G2).

• The Red Pre/Blue Post MOR Plus circuit pack can be equipped in slots 1 and 4 (G0 and G3).

• For single fiber systems that require bidirectional OSC, slots G1 and G3 can be replaced with NTCA11Cx (1625 nm OSC) circuit packs .

• One pair of MOR Plus or MOR Plus/1625 nm OSC modules is required when used at a terminal facility:

— G0 and G1 for westbound OSC

— G2 and G3 for eastbound OSC

Note: Westbound and eastbound indicate the direction of the optical line.

MOR Plus MSA pairing (line applications)

• Working fiber: G0 for MSA Red Post/Blue Pre and G2 for MSA Red Pre/Blue Post

• Protection fiber: G1 for MSA Red Pre/Blue Post and G3 for MSA Red Post/Blue Pre

Figure 4-15 on page 4-25 shows slots supporting MOR Plus amplifiers.

If an OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater system is deployed using two fibers (each carrying the same traffic but in opposite directions) the MOR Plus slot assignment must follow predefined pairing rules. For MOR Plus configuration examples in a two-fiber DWDM link, see the following figures:

• Figure 4-16 on page 4-26

• Figure 4-17 on page 4-27



Figure 4-13G-pairing rules for the main shelf

OTP0033.eps

Figure 4-14G-pairing rules for the optional extension shelf

OTP0034.eps

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

MainShelf

G4 G5

Note: This pairing rule is valid for the 2.5G WT, 10G WTand OC-192/STM-64 XR circuit packs.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

OptionalExtensionShelf

G10 G11

Note: This pairing rule is valid for the 2.5G WT, 10G WTand OC-192/STM-64 XR circuit packs.



Figure 4-15Slots supporting MOR Plus amplifiers

OTP0032.eps

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Legend

- Slots supporting MOR Plus

MainShelf

OptionalExtensionShelf

G0 G1 G2 G3 G4 G5 G6 G7 G8 G9

G10 G11 G12 G13 G14 G15 G16 G17 G18 G19



Figure 4-16MOR Plus two-fiber DWDM link in Pre/Post configuration

OTP0158.eps

1510 OSCTx

1510 OSCTx

1510 OSCTx

1510 OSCRx

RedPost/BluePre

MOR Plus G2

MOR Plus G3 MOR Plus G1

Two-fiber DWDM link

Optical line

Optical line

MOR Plus G0

RedPost/BluePreRedPre/BluePost

RedPre/BluePost

Working fiber

Eastbound

Working fiber

Westbound

Protection fiber

Eastbound

Protectionfiber

Westbound

To/

Fro

m P

BA

cou

pler

sT

o/From

PB

A couplers



Figure 4-17MOR Plus two-fiber DWDM link configuration in MSA configuration with optical components

OTP0159.eps

Power Optimizer interworkingOPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2/1.5 software baseline is OC-192 Release 7.0 and TN64X Release 2.0. OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2 consists of an in-service (IS) load designed for early provisioning and commissioning. Release 1.5 is the official ready-to-manufacture (RTM) load supporting all functionality including the 2.5G WT, 10G WT, OC-192/STM-64 XR and MOR Plus enhancements. The newly introduced MOR Plus power optimizer (PO) enhancements include: channel autodiscovery, channel provisioning propagation, output power propagation and local locking of provisioning information. See page 4-57 for limitations about OPTera Long Haul 1600 interworking. Table 4-1 shows PO software interworking schemes between Nortel Networks products depending on the number of wavelengths propagating in the system. Additional PO interoperability is possible without propagation features and with corrected link budgets depending on each type of network application.

Red MSAPre/Blue MSAPost

Red MSAPost/Blue MSAPre Red MSAPre/Blue MSAPost

Red MSAPost/Blue MSAPre

MOR Plus G0

MOR Plus G1 MOR Plus G3Two-fiber DWDM link

Optical components

Optical components

Workingfiber

Westbound

Protectionfiber

Westbound

Protectionfiber

Eastbound

Workingfiber

Eastbound

MOR Plus G2

1510 nm OSCRx

1510 nm OSCRx

1510 nm OSCRx

1510 nm OSCRx



Deployment examplesA typical OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater system new-build deployment is be similar to the one shown on Figure 4-18 on page 4-30. In this figure, the on ramps 2.5G WT or 10G WT are deployed in a Repeater bay housing the MOR Plus Red Post/Blue Pre site. The multiplexed 2.5G and 10G optical signals are sent down the optical line towards a regeneration site, through a few line amplifier sites. The regeneration site bay can be filled with 2.5G WT or 10G WT circuit packs for a thin-SONET regeneration. The signal can then be amplified along the way according to link budget specifications before reaching the OFF ramp Repeater site.

The OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater can also be used in a scenario where an existing OC-192/TN-64X system receives extra 2.5G WT or 10G WT input channels at its ADM/LTE sites. As illustrated in the second drawing of Figure 4-18 on page 4-30, the input channels are multiplexed with the existing OC-192/STM-64 signals and fed directly in the amplifiers. This deployment example is useful in a situation where footprint density and fiber capacity exhaust are limiting issues.

Table 4-1Power Optimizer software interoperability

Software releases

TN

-64X

Rel

2

OC

-192

Re

l 6

OP

Ter

a L

ong

Hau

l 160

0R

el 1

.0 (

OA

S)

OP

Ter

a L

ong

Hau

l 160

0R

el 1

.2

OC

-192

Re

l 7

OP

Ter

a L

ong

Hau

l 160

0R

el 1

.5

OP

Ter

a L

ong

Hau

l 160

0R

el 2

OC

-192

Re

l 8

Max

imu

m n

um

ber

of

λ su

pp

ort

ed

TN-64X Rel 2 X 16

OC-192 Rel 6 X 16

OPTera Long Haul 1600 Rel 1.0 (OAS) X X 16

OPTera Long Haul 1600 Rel 1.2 X X 16

OC-192 Rel 7 X X X X 32

OPTera Long Haul 1600 Rel 1.5 X X X X 32

OPTera Long Haul 1600 Rel 2 X X X X 32

OC-192 Rel 8 X X X X 32



The opposite situation is also possible. Figure 4-19 on page 4-31 describes an OC-192/TN-64X span of control overlay onto an OPTera Long Haul 1600 system. This example shows 10-Gbit/s signal feeds from OC-192/TN-64X bays being directly multiplexed with the OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater signals.

In Figure 4-20 on page 4-32, only one wavelength is shown for illustration purposes. In this figure, the router uses the OPTera Long Haul 1600 network to communicate to the other router. The router generates a 1310 nm signal that is received by the Wavelength Translator (WT). The WT converts the 1310 nm signal into the ITU-T grid so that it can be used by the OPTera Long Haul 1600 network elements. The wavelength undergoes amplification and regeneration before it arrives at the far-end WT, where the wavelength is then translated and transmitted to the router on the opposite end of the network. The same optical path configuration can be achieved in 10-Gbit/s applications using the 10-Gbit/s WT.

OPTera Long Haul 1600 Wavelength Translators help carriers extend the economic and capacity advantages of DWDM technology to a highly varied mix of network element types and services.



Figure 4-18Typical new-build network deployed with OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeaters NEs

OTP0042.eps

MOR/MOR Plus

Post

LineAmp orMSA Pre/Post




MOR/MOR Plus

Pre and Post

Amplifier sitesOC-192/TN-64X LineAmp

Amplifier sitesOC-192/TN-64X LineAmp

ON RAMP siteADM/LTE


REPEATER

OPTera Long Haul 1600REPEATER

OC-192/TN-64X SOC

OPTera Long Haul 1600 SOC

λ- Overlay Network

2.5G/10G DWDM 2.5G/10G DWDM

MOR PlusPre

OFF RAMP siteADM/LTE

Regeneration siteOC-192/TN-64 Regnerate Bay

MOR PlusPost

MOR PlusPre

MOR Plus MSA

Pre/Post

MOR Plus MSA

Pre/Post

MOR Plus MSA

Pre/Post

MOR Plus MSA

Pre/Post

MOR PlusPre and Post

* Note:This EXTERNAL COMM limitation is required to support sortwaredownload for upgrades when SDCC and LDCC is not available.

Maximum of 7 OSC spans*

Amplifier sitesOPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeaters

ON RAMP siteOPTera

Long Haul 1600Repeaters

ON RAMP siteOPTera

Long Haul 1600Repeaters

Amplifier sitesOPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeaters

2.5G/10G WT

2.5G/10G WT

2.5G/10G WT

2.5G/10G WT

2.5G/10G WT 2.5G/10G WT

OPTera Long Haul 1600 SOCNew Build Network

2.5G/10G DWDM

Regeneration siteOPTera Long Haul 1600 REPEATER

λ λ λ

λλλ

OPTeraLong Haul 1600

REPEATER



Figure 4-19OC-192/TN-64X SOC overlay onto OPTera Long Haul 1600 SOC

OTP0043.eps

MOR PlusPost

MOR Plus MSA

Pre/Post

MOR Plus MSA

Pre/Post

MOR PlusPre/Post

MOR Plus MSA

Pre/Post

MOR Plus MSA

Pre/Post

Amplifier sitesOPTera Long Haul 1600 REPEATERS

Amplifier sitesOPTera Long Haul 1600 REPEATERS

ON RAMP siteOPTera Long

Haul 1600REPEATER

2.5GWT

10GWT2.5G WT

10G λ feed

OC-192/TN-64X SOC

OPTera Long Haul 1600 1.x SOCλ - Overlay onto OPTera Long Haul 1600 1.x Network

2.5G/10G DWDM

*Note: This EXTERNAL COMM limitation is required to support software download forupgrades when SDCC and LDCC is not available. The MOR Plus chain must be at the same MOR Plus software baseline link budget engineering as specifiedin the Optical SLAT and Upgrade Procedures, 323-1801-225.OC-192/TN-64X

ADM/LTE

2.5G/10G DWDM

Regeneration siteOPTera Long Haul 1600

REPEATERS

MOR PlusPre

2.5G WT

OC-192/TN-64XADM/LTE

XR

Maximum of 7 OSC spans*

λ λ λ

ON RAMP siteOPTera Long

Haul 1600REPEATER



Figure 4-20ATM and OC-48c router as ON ramps input to 2.5G WT

OTP0025.eps

Typical bay configurationsExamples of system configurations using OPTera Long Haul 1600 bays as Repeaters

System configurations using bays configured as repeaters include the following:

• 32-wavelength open interface configuration using 4 bays with 10G WT

• 32-wavelength regenerator configuration using 4 bays with 10G XR as regenerator

• 8-wavelength bidirectional configuration with 3 bays over a single fiber-optic link carrying unprotected traffic

• 8-wavelength bidirectional configurations with 3 bays over two fiber-optic links carrying protected traffic

ATM OC-48c/STM-16c Router

OPTera LongHaul 1600




"THIN" SONETREGEN

2.5Gb/s DWDM 2.5Gb/s DWDM 2.5Gb/s DWDM

MOR PlusPre/Post

2.5G 3R

MOR PlusMSA

Pre/Post

OPTera Long Haul 1600 SOC

MOR Plus

2.5G 3R

MOR PlusPre/Post

2.5G 3R

2.5Gb/s λ-TranslatorOn-Ramp

λλ λ

ATM OC-48c/STM-16c Router

2.5Gb/s λ-TranslatorOn-Ramp



32-wavelength open interface using 4 OPTera Long Haul 1600 bays with 10G WT as a wavelength translator

Figure 4-22 on page 4-35 represents fiber interconnection in a west facing open interface site. In this example, the 10G wavelengths are interfacing to a router hub. Data is received on blue wavelengths, translated, routed, translated, and then transmitted on red wavelengths.

The 4-bay layout in Figure 4-21 on page 4-34 shows the fiber routing in the open interface configuration. Line fiber arrives into bay 1 through the MOR Plus and then is routed to the optical DEMUX modules. The wavelengths are separated and routed to the 10G translators (WT) on bay 1. The wavelengths whose translators are on bays 2, 3, or 4 are routed through DWDM upgrade fibers. After the data is translated, it is routed over fiber to the routers. The data is then returned to the adjacent circuit pack where it is translated and then transmitted over a new wavelength to the optical MUX modules. The wavelengths are then recombined onto one fiber and then routed through the MOR Plus and onto the line fiber. There is minimal bay-to-bay fiber routing in this configuration. The majority of the fiber interconnections have been contained within the bay.



Figure 4-21Open interface, 32 wavelengths configuration in 4 bays

OTP0059.eps

Con

trol

She

lf

Fib

er X

-bay

cha

nnel

Blu

DM

(λ1-

4)/R

edM

X(λ

1−4)

Blu

DM

(λ5-

8)/R

edM

X(λ

5−8)

OP

Tera

Lon

g H

aul 1

600

Bay

1 (

Wes

t)

OC-192/STM-64 XR R4

OC1-92/STM-64 XR C4W

OC1-92/STM-64 XR R5


OC1-92/STM-64 XR R6


OC1-92/STM-64 XR R7


OC-192/STM-64 XR R8

OC-192/STM-64 XR C8W

Con

trol

She

lf

Fib

er X

-bay

cha

nnel

Blu

DM

(λ9-

12)/

Red

MX

(λ9−

12)

Blu

DM

(λ13

-16)

/Red

MX

(λ13

−16)

OP

Tera

Lon

g H

aul 1

600

Bay

2 (

Wes

t)

OC-192/STM-64 XR R9


OC-192/STM-64 XR R10














Con

trol

She

lf

Fib

er X

-bay

cha

nnel

Red

DM

(λ1-

4)/B

luM

X(λ

1-4)

Red

DM

(λ5-

8)/B

luM

X(λ

5-8)

Red

DM

(λ9-

12)/

Blu

MX

(λ9-

12)

Red

DM

(λ13

-16)

/Blu

MX

(λ13

-16)

OP

Tera

Lon

g H

aul 1

600

Bay

3 (

Eas

t)OC-192/STM-64 XR B1

OC-192/STM-64 XR C1E

OC-192/STM-64 XR B2


OC-192/STM-64 XR B3


OC-192/STM-64 XR B9


OC-192/STM-64 XR B10




OC-192/STM-64 XR B4


OC-192/STM-64 XR B5


OC-192/STM-64 XR B6


OC-192/STM-64 XR B7


OC-192/STM-64 XR B8












Con

trol

She

lf

Fib

er X

-bay

cha

nnel

OP

Tera

Lon

g H

aul 1

600

Bay

4 (

Eas

t)

32 λ

OC

192/

ST

M64

Line

fibe

rR

oute

r16

fibe

rsD

WD

M2

fiber

s

DW

DM

upgr

ade

2 fib

ers

Leg

end

FM

T -

Fib

er M

anag

emen

t Tra

y

MOR Plus 1-1

MOR Plus 1-2

OC-192/STM-64 XR R1


OC-192/STM-64 XR R2


OC-192/STM-64 XR R3


12

34

56

78

910

1112

1314

1516

1718

1920

12

34

56

78

910

1112

1314

1516

1718

1920

12

34

56

78

910

1112

1314

1516

1718

1920

12

34

56

78

910

1112

1314

1516

1718

1920

No

te:

XR

des

igna

tion

is th

e Tr

ansm

it ch

anne

l. X

R R

1 is

tran

smit

Red

λ1

to L

ine

faci

ng W

est

rece

ive

Cha

nnel

1W

from

rou

ter.

XR

C1W

is tr

ansm

it C

hann

el 1

W to

rou

ter

rece

ive

Blu

e 1

from

Li

ne fa

cing

Wes

t. P

airin

g: S

lots

1/2

, 3/4

, 5/6

, 7/8

, and

9/1

0

Air

Exh

aust

FM

T (

Line

)

FM

T (

to R

oute

r, S

LT 1

-20)

LCA

P

Air

Exh

aust

FM

T (

DW

DM

UP

G)

FM

T (

to R

oute

r, S

LT 1

-20)

LCA

P

Air

Exh

aust

FM

T (

DW

DM

UP

G)

FM

T (

to R

oute

r, S

LT 1

-20)

LCA

P

Air

Exh

aust

FM

T (

DW

DM

UP

G)

FM

T (

to R

oute

r, S

LT 1

-20)

LCA

P



Figure 4-22Open interface, 32 wavelengths, west facing

OTP0057.eps

routerrouterrouter

MOR Plus XRXR

XR

XR

XR

XRXR

XRXR

XRXR

XRXR

XRXR

XRXR

XR

XRXR

XRXR

XRXR

XR

XRXR

XRXR

XR

XRXR

routerrouterrouterrouterrouterrouterrouterrouterrouterrouterrouterrouterrouter

Legend

- Red wavelength

- Blue wavelength



32-wavelength regenerator configuration using 4 OPTera Long Haul 1600 bays with 10G XR as a regenerator

The schematic Figure 4-24 on page 4-38 represents fiber interconnection in a 32-wavelength regenerator site. Blue wavelengths are travelling westbound, while red wavelengths are travelling eastbound.

The 4-bay layout Figure 4-23 on page 4-37 shows the bay layout in the regenerator configuration. Line fiber arrives into bay 1 through the MOR Plus and is routed to the optical DEMUX modules where the wavelengths are separated and routed to the 10G regenerators (XR) on bay 1. The data is electrically regenerated and then optically transmitted to the optical MUX modules, where the wavelengths are recombined onto one fiber and then routed through the MOR Plus and onto the optical line. Again, there is minimal bay-to-bay fiber routing. The majority of the fiber interconnections have been contained within the bay.



Figure 4-2332-wavelength regenerator in 4 bays

OTP0061.eps

Con

trol

She

lf

Air

Inta

ke /

Fib

er X

-bay

cha

nnel

Air

Inta

ke /

Fib

er X

-bay

cha

nnel

Air

Inta

ke /

Fib

er X

-bay

cha

nnel

Air

Inta

ke /

Fib

er X

-bay

cha

nnel

RD

/BM

1 W

(8λ

) R

5, 7

, 11,

13

BD

/RM

1 W

(8λ

) B

1, 3

, 7, 9

RD

/BM

1 P

(8λ

) R

5, 7

, 11,

13

BD

/RM

1 P

(8λ

) B

1, 3

, 7, 9

RD

/BM

2 W

(8λ

) R

1, 3

, 9, 1

5

BD

/RM

2 W

(8λ

) B

5, 1

1, 1

3, 1

5

RD

/BM

2 P

(8λ

) R

1, 3

, 9, 1

5

BD

/RM

2 P

(8λ

) B

5, 1

1, 1

3, 1

5

RD

/BM

3 W

(8λ

) R

6, 1

2, 2

, 4

BD

/RM

3 W

(8λ

) B

2, 8

, 4, 6

RD

/BM

3 P

(8λ

) R

6, 1

2, 2

, 4

BD

/RM

3 P

(8λ

) B

2, 8

, 4, 6

RD

/BM

3 W

(8λ

) R

8, 1

0, 1

4, 1

6

BD

/RM

3 W

(8λ

) B

10, 1

2, 1

4, 1

6

RD

/BM

3 P

(8λ

) R

8, 1

0, 1

4, 1

6

BD

/RM

3 P

(8λ

) B

10, 1

2, 1

4, 1

6

RB

1 (

W+

P)

MOR Plus 1-1 W

MOR Plus 2-1 P

MOR Plus 1-2 W

MOR Plus 2-2 P

OC-192/STM-64 XR R5 W

OC-192/STM-64 XR B1 W

























OC-192/STM-64 XR R5 P

OC-192/STM-64 XR B1 P








OC-192/STM-64 XR B15W





























Con

trol

She

lf

RB

2 (

W+

P)

Con

trol

She

lf

RB

3 (

W+

P)

Con

trol

She

lf

RB

4 (

W+

P)

12

34

56

78

910

12

34

56

78

910

12

34

56

78

910

12

34

56

78

910

1112

1314

1516

1718

1920

1112

1314

1516

1718

1920

1112

1314

1516

1718

1920

1112

1314

1516

1718

1920

LCA

P

Air

Inta

ke

Air

Exh

aust

Fib

er M

anag

emen

t Tra

y (F

MT

)

Fib

er M

anag

emen

t Tra

y (F

MT

)

LCA

P

Air

Inta

ke

Air

Exh

aust

Fib

er M

anag

emen

t Tra

y (F

MT

)

Fib

er M

anag

emen

t Tra

y (F

MT

)

LCA

P

Air

Inta

ke

Air

Exh

aust

Fib

er M

anag

emen

t Tra

y (F

MT

)

Fib

er M

anag

emen

t Tra

y (F

MT

)

LCA

P

Air

Inta

ke

Air

Exh

aust

Fib

er M

anag

emen

t Tra

y (F

MT

)

Fib

er M

anag

emen

t Tra

y (F

MT

)



Figure 4-2432-wavelength regenerator configuration

OTP0060.eps

MOR Plus MOR Plus

RxRxRxRx

TxTxTxTx

RxRxRxRx

TxTxTxTx

RxRxRxRx

TxTxTxTx

RxRxRxRx

TxTxTxTx

RxRxRxRx

TxTxTxTx

RxRxRxRx

TxTxTxTx

RxRxRxRx

TxTxTxTx

RxRxRxRx

TxTxTxTx

NTCA10CX

NTCA10EX

NTCA12CA

NTCA12EX NTCA12FX

NTCA12DX

NTCA10FX

NTCA10DX



8-wavelength bidirectional configuration using 3 OPTera Long Haul 1600 bays over a single fiber-optic link carrying unprotected traffic

See Figure 4-25, “Overall view: Single fiber system with 16 wavelengths bidirectional and 1625/1510 nm OSC” on page 4-40.

This figure captures all the networking applications provided by OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2 and 1.5. Network element 1 (NE1) and NE3 are terminal sites where incoming signals from the subtending equipment are multiplexed and sent down the line, and where outgoing signals from the optical link are demultiplexed and sent to the subtending equipment. This configuration includes 16 bidirectional wavelengths but the release supports a maximum of 32 wavelengths. All amplifier stages are described and NE2 acts as a line amplifier site. OPTera Long Haul 1600 supports all fiber types. If required, the signal propagating in a link can be regenerated at a regenerator site: the thin SONET/SDH regenerator site.

All of these sites are described in the following figures, with respective circuit packs slot allocation:

• Figure 4-26, “NE1 Red Post Site: Single fiber configuration with 8 wavelengths, bidirectional” on page 4-41

• Figure 4-27, “NE2 line amplifier site using mid-stage access (MSA) MOR Plus” on page 4-42

• Figure 4-28, “NE2: Thin SONET/SDH regenerator site” on page 4-43.

• Figure 4-29, “NE3 Blue Post Site: Single fiber configuration with 16 wavelengths” on page 4-44.

Note: To achieve bidirectional OSC communication in a single fiber system, a 1625 nm OSC circuit pack is required to provide a 1625-nm communication channel propagating in the opposite direction of the 1510 nm OSC built into the MOR Plus circuit pack.

For full SONET/SDH signal regeneration, the Repeater bay can be configured as a regenerator using the OC-192/STM-64 XR circuit packs. This configuration is very useful for high-capacity regeneration of up to eight 10 Gbit/s bidirectional signals in one single bay. See Figure 4-30 on page 4-45.

Note: The OC-192/STM-64 XR circuit pack is only supported in OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.5.



Figure 4-25Overall view: Single fiber system with 16 wavelengths bidirectional and 1625/1510 nm OSC

OTP0088.eps

2.5G

WT

or10

G W

T

orO

C-1

92/

ST

M-6

4 X

R

8 R

ed λ

ON

ram

p8

Red

λO

FF

ram

p

Red

Pos

t

NE

1

NE

Rep

eate

r R

ed P

ost s

iteN

E R

epea

ter

Blu

e P

ost s

ite

NE

2N

E 3

NE

Rep

eate

r Li

ne A

mp

Site

NE

2or

Thi

n S

ON

ET

/SD

H r

egen

erat

or s

ite

MS

AR

ed P

reF

ixed

pad

or

DC

M o

rO

AD

M

MS

AR

ed P

ost

MS

AB

lue

Pos

t

Fix

ed p

ador

DC

M o

rO

AD

MM

SA

Blu

e P

reB

lue

Pre

Red

Pre

Blu

e P

ost

8 B

lue

λO

FF

ram

p

8 B

lue

λO

N r

amp

To

OC

-48,

OC

-192

SO

NE

Tor

ST

M-1

6, S

TM

-64

SD

H s

ubte

ndin

geq

uipm

ent

Red MUX Blue DMUX

Fro

mO

C-4

8 or

OC

-192

SO

NE

Tor

ST

M-1

6 or

ST

M-6

4 S

DH

su

bten

ding

equi

pmen

t

Red DMUX Blue MUX

8 R

ed λ

WT

Thi

n re

gen

mod

e

8 B

lue

λW

TT

hin

rege

nm

ode

Red

Pre

Red

Pos

t

Blu

e P

ost

Blu

e P

re

Red DMUX Blue MUX

Red MUX Blue DMUX

To

Rx

Por

t16

25 n

mO

SC F

rom

Tx

Por

t16

25 n

mO

SC

To

Rx

Por

t16

25 n

mO

SC

Fro

mT

x P

ort

1625

nm

OS

C

Leg

end

Tx

Rx

= T

rans

mitt

er

= R

ecei

ver

=15

50/1

625

nm c

oupl

er

= O

ptic

al li

nk (

fiber

)

2.5G

WT

or10

G W

T

orO

C-1

92/

ST

M-6

4 X

R

To

OC

-48,

OC

-192

SO

NE

Tor

ST

M-1

6, S

TM

-64

SD

H s

ubte

ndin

geq

uipm

ent

Fro

mO

C-4

8 or

OC

-192

SO

NE

Tor

ST

M-1

6 or

ST

M-6

4 S

DH

su

bten

ding

equi

pmen

t

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

orO

C-1

92/

ST

M-6

4 X

R

To

Rx

Por

t16

25 n

mO

SC

Fro

mT

x P

ort

1625

nm

OS

C



Figure 4-26NE1 Red Post Site: Single fiber configuration with 8 wavelengths, bidirectional

OTP0063.eps

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

1625

nm

east

boun

d O

SC

MO

R P

lus

Red

Pos

t/B

lueP

re

Bre

aker

filte

r

PT

OW

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

PO

PS

PO

PS

PO

P C

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

PO

P I

32 M

SC

128M

MI

MX

PT

MX

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Bre

aker

filte

r

LCAP

Air Intake

Fiber Management Tray (FMT)


Air Exhaust

Air intake/Cross channel

Fan Fan FanG10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1716151413121110

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

G11 G12 G13 G14 G15 G16 G17 G18 G19

G0 G1 G2 G3 G4 G5 G6 G7 G8 G9

Note : 2.5G WT systems do not require DCMs. 10G WT systems can require DCMs.

8 Blue λ going tosubtendingequipment

8 Red λ coming fromsubtendingequipment

8 Blue λ coming fromoptical link

8 Red λ going to optical link

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

ON

ram

p R

ed

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

ON

ram

p R

ed

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

ON

ram

p R

ed

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

ON

ram

p R

ed

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

ON

ram

p R

ed

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

ON

ram

p R

ed

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

ON

ram

p R

ed

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

OF

F r

amp

Blu

e

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

OF

F r

amp

Blu

e

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

OF

F r

amp

Blu

e

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

OF

F r

amp

Blu

e

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

OF

F r

amp

Blu

e

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

OF

F r

amp

Blu

e

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

OF

F r

amp

Blu

e

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

OF

F r

amp

Blu

e

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

ON

ram

p R

ed

Working

RedBlue

Working

RedBlue

PBA DWDM coupler (4 λ Red MUX/4 λ Blue DMUX)

PBA DWDM coupler (4 λ Blue MUX/4 λ Red DMUX)

Upgrade coupler (4 λ Red MUX/4 λ Blue DMUX)

Upgrade coupler (4 λ Blue MUX/4 λ Red DMUX)

Filler panel



Figure 4-27NE2 line amplifier site using mid-stage access (MSA) MOR Plus

OTP0064.eps

MO

R P

lus

Red

MS

A

Pre

/Blu

e M

SA

Pos

t

MO

R P

lus

Red

MS

A

Pos

t/Blu

e M

SA

Pre

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

1625

nm

east

boun

d O

SC

1625

nm

wes

tbou

nd O

SC

Bre

aker

filte

r

PT

OW

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

32 M

SC

128M

MI

MX

PT

MX

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Bre

aker

filte

r

LCAP

Air Intake



Air Exhaust

Fan Fan Fan

Filler faceplate

G10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1716151413121110

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

G11 G12 G13 G14 G15 G16 G17 G18 G19

G0 G1 G2 G3 G4 G5 G6 G7 G8 G9

Note : 2.5G WT systems do not require DCMs. 10G WT systems can require DCMs.

Working

Red

East3 Blue λ 3 Red λ

5 Blue λ5 Blue λ

West

Blue

Working

RedBlue

Filler faceplate




Figure 4-28NE2: Thin SONET/SDH regenerator site

OTP0089.eps

PBA coupler (4 Red λ DMUX/4 Blue λ MUX)

PBA coupler (4 Red λ MUX/4 Blue λ DMUX)

Upgrade coupler (4 Red λ DMUX/4 Blue λ MUX)

Upgrade coupler (4 Red λ MUX/4 Blue λ DMUX)

MO

R P

lus

Red

Pre

/B

lue

Pos

t

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

ON

ram

p R

ed

OS

C 1

625

nmW

est b

ound

OS

C 1

625

nmE

ast b

ound

MO

R P

lus

Red

Pos

t/B

lue

Pre

Bre

aker

filte

r

PT

OW

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

32 M

SC

128M

MI

MX

PT

MX

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Bre

aker

filte

r

LCAP

Air Intake

Fiber Management Tray (FMT)Fiber Management Tray (FMT)

Air Exhaust


Fan Fan Fan

Filler faceplate

G10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1716151413121110

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

G11 G12 G13 G14 G15 G16 G17 G18 G19

G0 G1 G2 G3 G4 G5 G6 G7 G8 G9

East

RedBlue

West

3 Blue λ

5 Blue λ 5 Red λ

3 Red λ

RedBlue

Note : 2.5G WT systems do not require DCMs.

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

ON

ram

p R

ed

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

OF

F r

amp

Red

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

OF

F r

amp

Red

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

ON

ram

p R

ed

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

OF

F r

amp

Red

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

ON

ram

p R

ed

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

ON

ram

p R

ed

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

OF

F r

amp

Red

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

OF

F r

amp

Red

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

ON

ram

p R

ed

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

OF

F r

amp

Red

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

ON

ram

p R

ed

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

OF

F r

amp

Red

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

ON

ram

p R

ed

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

OF

F r

amp

Red



Figure 4-29NE3 Blue Post Site: Single fiber configuration with 16 wavelengths

OTP0090.eps





MO

R P

lus

Red

Pre

/B

lue

Pos

t

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

OF

F r

amp

Red

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

ON

ram

p B

lue

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

OF

F r

amp

Red

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

ON

ram

p B

lue

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

OF

F r

amp

Red

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

ON

ram

p B

lue

OS

C 1

625

nmW

est b

ound

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Bre

aker

filte

r

PT

OW

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

32 M

SC

128M

MI

MX

PT

MX

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Bre

aker

filte

r

LCAP

Air Intake



Air Exhaust


Fan Fan Fan

Filler faceplate

G10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1716151413121110

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

G11 G12 G13 G14 G15 G16 G17 G18 G19

G0 G1 G2 G3 G4 G5 G6 G7 G8 G9

8 Blue λto opticallink

8 Blue λcomingfromsubtendingequipment

8 Red λgoing tosubtendingequipment

8 Red λfromoptical link

Working

RedBlue

Working

RedBlue

Note : 2.5G WT systems do not require DCMs.

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

OF

F r

amp

Red

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

ON

ram

p B

lue

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

OF

F r

amp

Red

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

ON

ram

p B

lue

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

OF

F r

amp

Red

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

ON

ram

p B

lue

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

OF

F r

amp

Red

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

ON

ram

p B

lue

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

OF

F r

amp

Red

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

ON

ram

p B

lue



Figure 4-3010 Gbit/s regenerator site using the OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater bay

OTP0086.eps

MO

R P

lus

Red

Pre

/B

lue

Pos

t

MO

R P

lus

Red

Pos

t/B

lue

Pre

1625

nm

wes

tban

dO

SC

1625

nm

east

band

OS

C

OC

-192

/ST

M-6

4 X

R

Eas

t

OC

-192

/ST

M-6

4 X

R

Eas

t

OC

-192

/ST

M-6

4 X

R

Eas

t

OC

-192

/ST

M-6

4 X

R

Eas

t

OC

-192

/ST

M-6

4 X

R

Eas

t

OC

-192

/ST

M-6

4 X

R

Eas

t

OC

-192

/ST

M-6

4 X

R

Eas

t

OC

-192

/ST

M-6

4 X

R

Wes

t

OC

-192

/ST

M-6

4 X

R

Wes

t

OC

-192

/ST

M-6

4 X

R

Wes

t

OC

-192

/ST

M-6

4 X

R

Wes

t

OC

-192

/ST

M-6

4 X

R

Wes

t

OC

-192

/ST

M-6

4 X

R

Eas

tO

C-1

92/S

TM

-64

XR

Wes

t

OC

-192

/ST

M-6

4 X

R

Wes

t

OC

-192

/ST

M-6

4 X

R

Wes

t

LCAP

Air Intake



Air Exhaust



Filler panel




Fan Fan FanG10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1716151413121110

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

G11 G12 G13 G14 G15 G16 G17 G18 G19

G0 G1 G2 G3 G4 G5 G6 G7 G8 G9

Note: For the OC-192/STM-64 XR circuit pack, the terminologyis not ON ramp and OFF ramp. It is eastbound and westbound.

Bre

aker

filte

r

PT

OW

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

32 M

SC

128M

MI

MX

PT

MX

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Bre

aker

filte

r

PO

PS

BO

PC

BO

PI

West 3 Blue λ

5 Blue λ

East3 Red λ

5 Red λ

Working

RedBlue

Working

RedBlue



8-wavelength bidirectional configuration using 3 OPTera Long Haul 1600 bays over two fiber-optic links carrying protected traffic

See the following figures:

• Figure 4-31, “Overall view of an 8-wavelength bidirectional system carrying working traffic” on page 4-48

• Figure 4-32, “Overall view of an 8-wavelength bidirectional system carrying protected traffic” on page 4-49

These figures introduce a protected model of the preceding configuration example (Figure 4-25 on page 4-40), using 8 bidirectional wavelengths carrying the working signals and 8 other bidirectional wavelengths carrying the protected signals. The Red wavelengths are propagating in the East direction in the working system and in the West direction in the protected system. The opposite is valid for the Blue wavelengths. This protected system requires the same equipment as the unprotected one but with less capacity for each fiber. All the NEs described in Figure 4-31 and Figure 4-32 are detailed in the following figures:

• Figure 4-33, “NE1 Red Post Site for working fiber and Blue Post site for protection fiber” on page 4-50

• Figure 4-34, “NE2 line amplifier site using MSA MOR Plus for working and protection fibers” on page 4-51

• Figure 4-35, “NE2 Thin SONET/SDH regeneration working and protection site as an alternative” on page 4-52

• Figure 4-33, “NE1 Red Post Site for working fiber and Blue Post site for protection fiber” on page 4-50.

• Figure 4-34, “NE2 line amplifier site using MSA MOR Plus for working and protection fibers” on page 4-51.

• Figure 4-35, “NE2 Thin SONET/SDH regeneration working and protection site as an alternative” on page 4-52

• Figure 4-37, “NE3 Blue Post Site for working fiber and Red Post Site for protection fiber” on page 4-54

The conventional way to provide protection in an OPTera Long Haul 1600 system is to duplicate the circuit packs and wavelength allocation plan deployed in the working system. One fiber carries the working channels. The other fiber carries the protected channels. To provide bidirectionality, the direction of propagation of the working bands must be reversed in the protection fiber. See Figure 4-36 on page 4-53.

In a bidirectional fully protected system it is recommended to use the same wavelengths for both working and protection fibers. To achieve bidirectionality, it is required to reverse the direction of propagation of each wavelength in the protection fiber only.



Therefore, at a regenerator site, DWDM couplers must be the same for the working fiber and the protection fiber. This requirement explains the duplication of the PBA couplers in Figure 4-35 on page 4-52.

Note: The 1625-nm OSC channel is not required in a 2-fiber configuration when 1 fiber carries working traffic and the other carries protection traffic. The 1510-nm built-in OSC is sufficient to achieve bidirectional service communication because one 1510 nm travels in the working fiber and the other 1510 nm travels in the protection fiber. The 1510-nm OSCs do not interfere with one another.



Figure 4-31Overall view of an 8-wavelength bidirectional system carrying working traffic

OTP0087.eps

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

or

OC

-192

/S

TM

-64

XR

4 R

ed λ

ON

ram

p4

Red

λO

FF

ram

p

Red

Pos

t

NE

1

NE

Rep

eate

r R

ed P

ost s

iteN

E R

epea

ter

Blu

e P

ost s

ite

NE

2N

E 3

NE

Rep

eate

r Li

ne A

mp

Site

NE

2

or

Thi

n S

ON

ET

/SD

H r

egen

erat

or s

ite

Red

MS

AP

reF

ixed

pad

or

DC

M o

rO

AD

M

Red

MS

AP

ost

Blu

eM

SA

Pos

t

Fix

ed p

ador

DC

M o

rO

AD

MB

lue

MS

A P

re

Blu

e P

re

Red

Pre

Blu

e P

ost

4 B

lue

λO

FF

ram

p4

Blu

e λ

ON

ram

p

To

OC

48,

OC

192

SO

NE

Tor

ST

M16

, ST

M64

SD

H s

ubte

ndin

geq

uipm

ent

Red MUX Blue DMUX

Fro

mO

C-4

8 or

OC

-192

SO

NE

Tor

S

TM

-16

orS

TM

-64

SD

Hsu

bten

ding

equi

pmen

t

Red DMUX Blue MUX

4 R

ed λ

WT

Thi

n re

gen

mod

e

4 B

lue

λW

TT

hin

rege

nm

ode

Red

Pre

Red

Pos

t

Blu

e P

ost

Blu

e P

re

Red DMUX Blue MUX

Red MUX Blue DMUX

Leg

end

Tx

Rx

= T

rans

mitt

er

= R

ecei

ver

= O

ptic

al li

nk (

fiber

)

Wor

king

λs

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

or O

C-1

92/

ST

M-6

4 X

R

2.5G

WT

or 1

0G W

Tor

OC

-192

/S

TM

-64

XR

To

OC

-48,

OC

-192

SO

NE

Tor

ST

M-1

6, S

TM

-64

SD

H s

ubte

ndin

geq

uipm

ent

Fro

mO

C-4

8 or

OC

-192

SO

NE

Tor

S

TM

-16

orS

TM

-64

SD

Hsu

bten

ding

equi

pmen

t



Figure 4-32Overall view of an 8-wavelength bidirectional system carrying protected traffic

OTP0091.eps

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

orO

C-1

92/

ST

M-6

4 X

R4

Blu

e λ

ON

ram

p4

Blu

e λ

OF

F r

amp

Blu

e P

ost

NE

1

NE

Rep

eate

r R

ed P

ost s

iteN

E R

epea

ter

Blu

e P

ost S

ite

NE

2

Pro

tect

ion

λsN

E 3

NE

Rep

eate

r Li

ne A

mp

Site

NE

2

or

Thi

n S

ON

ET

/SD

H r

egen

erat

or s

ite

Blu

eM

SA

Pre

Fix

ed p

ador

DC

M o

rO

AD

M

Blu

eM

SA

Pos

t

Red

MS

AP

ost

Fix

ed p

ador

DC

M o

rO

AD

MR

edM

SA

Pre

Red

Pre

Blu

e P

re

Red

Pos

t

4 R

ed λ

OF

F r

amp

4 R

ed λ

ON

ram

p

Blue MUX Red DMUX

Fro

mO

C-4

8 or

OC

-192

SO

NE

Tor

ST

M-1

6 or

ST

M-6

4 S

DH

subt

endi

ngeq

uipm

ent

Blue DMUX Red MUX

4 B

lue

λW

TT

hin

rege

nm

ode

4 R

ed λ

WT

Thi

n re

gen

mod

e

Blu

e P

reB

lue

Pos

t

Red

Pos

tR

ed P

re

Blue DMUX Red MUX

Blue MUX Red DMUX

Leg

end

Tx

Rx

= T

rans

mitt

er

= R

ecei

ver

= O

ptic

al li

nk (

fiber

)

To

OC

-48,

OC

-192

SO

NE

Tor

ST

M-1

6, S

TM

-64

SD

H s

ubte

ndin

geq

uipm

ent

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

or O

C-1

92/

ST

M-6

4 X

R

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

or O

C-1

92/

ST

M-6

4 X

R

To

OC

-48,

OC

-192

SO

NE

Tor

ST

M-1

6, S

TM

-64

SD

H s

ubte

ndin

geq

uipm

ent

Fro

mO

C-4

8 or

OC

-192

SO

NE

Tor

S

TM

-16

orS

TM

-64

SD

Hsu

bten

ding

equi

pmen

t



Figure 4-33NE1 Red Post Site for working fiber and Blue Post site for protection fiber

OTP0082.eps

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

ON

ram

p R

ed

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

OF

F r

amp

Blu

e

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

ON

ram

p R

ed

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

OF

F r

amp

Blu

e

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

ON

ram

p R

ed

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

OF

F r

amp

Blu

e

MO

R P

lus

Red

Pre

/B

lue

Pos

t

MO

R P

lus

Red

Pos

t/B

lue

Pre

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

ON

ram

p B

lue

Bre

aker

filte

r

PO

PC

PT

OW

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

32 M

SC

128M

MI

MX

PT

MX

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Bre

aker

filte

r

PO

PI

LCAP

Air Intake



Air Exhaust


Fan Fan Fan

Filler faceplate

G10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1716151413121110

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

G11 G12 G13 G14 G15 G16 G17 G18 G19

G0 G1 G2 G3 G4 G5 G6 G7 G8 G9

PO

PS

Note 1: 2.5G WT systems do not require DCMs.

Note 2: 10G WT systems can require DCMs.

Legend

= Working

= Protection

East 3 Red λ Working


West 3 Blue λ Working

East 4 Blue λ Protection

West 4 Red λ Protection


Working

RedBlue

Protection

RedBlue

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

ON

ram

p B

lue

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

OF

F r

amp

Blu

e

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

OF

F r

amp

Blu

e

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

ON

ram

p B

lue

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

OF

F r

amp

Blu

e

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

ON

ram

p B

lue

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

OF

F r

amp

Blu

e

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

ON

ram

p B

lue

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

OF

F r

amp

Blu

e

PBA DWDM coupler (4 Red λ MUX/4 Blue λ DMUX)

PBA DWDM coupler (4 Blue λ MUX/4 Red λ DMUX)

Empty

Empty



Figure 4-34NE2 line amplifier site using MSA MOR Plus for working and protection fibers

OTP0083.eps

MO

R P

lus

Red

MS

A P

re/

Blu

e M

SA

Pos

t

MO

R P

lus

Red

MS

A P

re/

Blu

e M

SA

Pos

t

MO

R P

lus

Red

MS

A P

ost/

Blu

e M

SA

Pre

MO

R P

lus

Red

MS

A P

ost/

Blu

e M

SA

Pre

Bre

aker

filte

r

PT

OW

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

kF

iller

circ

uit p

ack

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

32 M

SC

128M

MI

MX

PT

MX

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Bre

aker

filte

r

LCAP

Air Intake



Air Exhaust


Filler faceplate

Fan Fan FanG10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1716151413121110

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

G11 G12 G13 G14 G15 G16 G17 G18 G19

G0 G1 G2 G3 G4 G5 G6 G7 G8 G9

Note 1: 2.5G WT systems do not require DCMs or DWDMs.

Note 2: 10G WT systems can requireDCMs.

Legend

= Working

= Protection

East 4 Red λ protection

West 4 Blue λ Protection

East 4 Blue λ working

West 4 Red λ working

Working

RedBlue

Protection

RedBlue

Protection

RedBlue

Working

RedBlue

Filler faceplate



Figure 4-35NE2 Thin SONET/SDH regeneration working and protection site as an alternative

OTP0084.eps

PBA coupler (4 λ Red DMUX/4 λ Blue MUX)

PBA coupler (4 λ Red DMUX/4 λ Blue MUX)

PBA coupler (4 λ Red MUX/4 λ Blue DMUX)

PBA coupler (4 λ Red MUX/4 λ Blue DMUX)

MO

R P

lus

Red

MS

A P

re/

Blu

e M

SA

Pos

t

MO

R P

lus

Red

MS

A P

re/

Blu

e M

SA

Pos

t

MO

R P

lus

Red

MS

A P

ost/

Blu

e M

SA

Pre

MO

R P

lus

Red

MS

A P

ost/

Blu

e M

SA

Pre

Bre

aker

filte

r

PT

OW

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

32 M

SC

128M

MI

MX

PT

MX

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Bre

aker

filte

r

LCAP

Air Intake



Air Exhaust


Fan Fan Fan

Filler faceplate

G10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1716151413121110

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

G11 G12 G13 G14 G15 G16 G17 G18 G19

G0 G1 G2 G3 G4 G5 G6 G7 G8 G9

Note 1: 2.5G WT systems donot require DCMs.

Note 2: 10G WT systems can require DCMs.

Working

West

RedBlue

East

4 WorkingBlue λ

4 WorkingRed λ

4 ProtectionRed λ

4 ProtectionBlue λ

Protection

BlueRed

Working

RedBlue

Protection

BlueRed

Legend

= Working

= Protection

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

ON

ram

p R

ed

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

OF

F r

amp

Blu

e

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

OF

F r

amp

Red

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

OF

F r

amp

Red

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

OF

F r

amp

Red

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

OF

F r

amp

Red

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

ON

ram

p B

lue

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

ON

ram

p B

lue

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

ON

ram

p B

lue

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

ON

ram

p B

lue

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

OF

F r

amp

Blu

e

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

OF

F r

amp

Blu

e

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

OF

F r

amp

Blu

e

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

OF

F r

amp

Blu

e

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

OF

F r

amp

Blu

e

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

OF

F r

amp

Blu

e



Figure 4-36Working fiber and Protection fiber: wavelengths and signals

OTP0066.eps

Working Fiber

Protection Fiber

λ1, S1

λ2, S2

λ3, S3

λ4, S4

λ1, S3

λ2, S4

λ3, S1

λ4, S2

Legend

λs

= Wavelength= Signal= Red= Blue



Figure 4-37NE3 Blue Post Site for working fiber and Red Post Site for protection fiber

OTP0085.eps



Empty

Empty

MO

R P

lus

Red

Pre

/B

lue

Pos

t

MO

R P

lus

Red

Pos

t/B

lue

Pre

LCAP

Air Intake



Air Exhaust


Fan Fan Fan

Filler faceplate

G10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1716151413121110

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

G11 G12 G13 G14 G15 G16 G17 G18 G19

G0 G1 G2 G3 G4 G5 G6 G7 G8 G9

Note 1: 2.5G WT systems do not require DCMs.Note 2: 10G WT systems can require DCMs.

Working

RedBlue

Protection

BlueRed

Working

RedBlue

Protection

BlueRed

Legend

= Working

= Protection

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

OF

F r

amp

Red

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

ON

ram

p B

lue

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

OF

F r

amp

Red

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

ON

ram

p B

lue

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

OF

F r

amp

Red

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

ON

ram

p B

lue

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

OF

F r

amp

Red

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

ON

ram

p R

ed

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

ON

ram

p R

ed

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

ON

ram

p R

ed

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

ON

ram

p R

ed

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

ON

ram

p R

ed

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

OF

F r

amp

Blu

e

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

OF

F r

amp

Blu

e

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

OF

F r

amp

Blu

e

2.5G

WT

or

10G

WT

OF

F r

amp

Blu

e

Bre

aker

filte

r

PT

OW

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

kF

iller

circ

uit p

ack

32 M

SC

128M

MI

MX

PT

MX

Fill

er c

ircui

t pac

k

Bre

aker

filte

r

PO

PS

PO

PC

PO

PI




East 4 Blue λ Protection

West 4 Red λ Protection




LimitationsThis section includes limitations in the following areas related to OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater Release 1.2 and 1.5:

• “Network reconfiguration” on page 4-55

• “INM” on page 4-55

• “External communications” on page 4-56

• “Wavelength overlay deployment” on page 4-56

• “Globalization phase 1” on page 4-56

• “OPC support” on page 4-57

• “Orderwire (OW)” on page 4-57

• “Interworking baseline” on page 4-57

Note 1: LTE, 4FR, TMUX and REGEN configurations are not supported.

Note 2: Repeater optional extension shelf slot 5 (G14) and slot 10 (G19) are full-height slots only. No hardware is available in upper half of the slots to recognize the circuit pack in this position. The other 8 slots are half-height and full-height slots.

Network reconfigurationThe following lists network reconfiguration limitations:

• In-service add for the first optional extension shelf (shelf ID: 3) is not supported. Although all extension shelves are optional, it is recommended to have at least the first extension shelf installed on day 1.

• Optical layer interworking between OAS and Repeater is supported. However, it is recommended that OAS NEs and Repeater NEs have separate SOCs.

INMThe following lists INM limitations:

• Connection management is not available because it is not a supported feature in the OPCUI.

• Traffic display, Protection status, and Control features are not applicable.

• The 2.5G WT, 10G WT, and OC-192/STM-64 XR support facility provisioning (dependencies on BAN support at OPC).

• PM threshold provisioning

Note: The preceding limitation applies to SONET only.

• Facility provisioning and PM threshold provisioning is not available for SDH NEs.



External communicationsThe following lists external communications limitations:

• A limit of seven nodes in link mode is recommended if only OSC is available for upgrading (that is, full fill WT on a Repeater).

• A maximum of 34 NEs within the same SOC is recommended by the OPC.

Wavelength overlay deploymentThe following lists wavelength overlay deployment limitations:

• Wavelength overlay onto OC-192/TN-64X SOC is supported if MOR Plus interworking guidelines are observed.

• Wavelength overlay onto Repeater SOC is supported if MOR Plus interworking guidelines are observed.

Globalization phase 1The following lists globalization phase 1 limitations:

• 2.5G WT is unidirectional. (Bidirectionality is achieved with a pair of 2.5G WTs.)

• WUI is not available for SDH.

Note: WUI reach-through capability from INM is blocked when the OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2/1.5 Repeater is operating in SDH markets.

• SONET/SDH DCC is not available for OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2/1.5 with the 2.5G WT and the 10G WT but is available with the OC-192/STM-64 XR.

• The OPC does not support mixed NE types (SONET/SDH) in the same SOC.

• TL1 is not available in SDH. TL1 is available in SONET only.

• SDH block based performance monitoring (PM) collection is not supported.

Note: PMs for 2.5G WT, 10G WT and OC-192/STM-64 XR circuit pack are based on the SONET subset.



OPC supportThe following lists OPC support limitations:

• The legacy OPCs located in OC-48, OC-12 and TN-16X shelves are not supported.

• The following exclusions refer to OC-192 Release 7.0 system:

— OPC configuration and connection management UIs

– There is no end-to-end connection and configuration manager on OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2 and 1.5 OPC because the Repeater NE is transparent to the network and does not have access to the line and path overheads nor to the STS payloads. There are no add/drop facilities supported at the STS level.

— OPC protection manager UI

– OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2/1.5 offers no protection switching support. There are no switches supported in the hardware and no optical switching facilities.

— no TL1 interface for remote OAM management for SDH

— TL1 interface for remote OAM management is offered only to the SONET market.

– The TL1 interface facility is not required for the SDH market.

Orderwire (OW)OW Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN) is not supported when the NE is commissioned as SDH.

Interworking baselineOPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2 Repeater and OAS interworking is not supported. No market requirement exists for these two products to interwork for OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2 Repeater. However, OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.5 supports both OAS NE type and Repeater NE type.


5-1

Technical specifications 5-Chapter overview

This chapter contains advanced system specifications and requirements for the OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater system in the following sections:

• “Safety specifications” on page 5-2

• “Site engineering” on page 5-2

• “Mechanical specifications” on page 5-6

• “Environmental specifications” on page 5-8

• “Power requirements” on page 5-10

• “Electromagnetic compatibility” on page 5-12

• “Parallel telemetry output relay rated capacity” on page 5-14

• “Optical interface specifications” on page 5-15

• “Circuit pack specifications” on page 5-15


5-2 Technical specifications

Safety specificationsTable 5-1 outlines the safety specifications for OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2 and 1.5.

Site engineeringThe OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater system meets the network equipment building system standard 6-bay lineup floor plan for 305 mm (12 in.) deep equipment. This layout provides a maintenance aisle and a wiring aisle. See Figure 5-1 on page 5-3.

Table 5-1Safety specifications

Discipline Applicable country or region Regulatory and industry specification

Key customer requirement

Regulatory safety USA UL1950

Regulatory safety Canada CSA, C22.2 No. 950

Regulatory safety Europe EN 60950

Regulatory safety International IEC 60950

Laser safety USA and Canada (Laser), Regulatory FDA 21 CFR

Laser safety International/Europe (Laser), Regulatory

IEC/EN 60825-1, IEC/EN 60825-2

Product safety RBOC serving locations within USA Telcordia (Bellcore)GR-1089GR-63-CoreGR-78


Technical specifications 5-3

Figure 5-1OPTera Long Haul 1600 standard floor plan

OTP0278.eps

For anchor bolts location, refer to the following figures:

• Figure 5-2, “Anchor bolt locations when installing an OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater bay (ANSI) (26” pitch)” on page 5-4

• Figure 5-3, “Anchor bolt locations when installing an OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay (ETSI)” on page 5-5

Maintenance aisle

Wiring aisle

15"

12"

12" 26"

Line-up

Line-up

Line-up

Universalframe



Figure 5-2Anchor bolt locations when installing an OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater bay (ANSI) (26” pitch)

OTP0053.eps

Note 1: Be sure to keep the four anchor bolt plates (shown as triangular dotted lines) tobolt the bay frame to the floor.

Note 2: For standard (zone 2) anchor bolts, use a 5/8 in. (16 mm) masonry bit, and drilla hole 2-3/8 in. (60 mm) deep.

Note 3: For earthquake (zone 4) anchor bolts, use a 11/16 in. (18 mm) masonry bit anddrill a hole 100 mm (4.0 in.) deep.

Note 4: ANSI anchor plates are standard. You must order ETSI anchor plates. [NTRU0413]

Note 5: The dotted line represents base of frame and anchor plates.

12.0 in.

7.57 in.4.0 in.

2.5 in.

26.0 in.

18.44 in.

14.88 in.

23.6 in

26 in

23.6 in

26 in



Figure 5-3Anchor bolt locations when installing an OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay (ETSI)

OTP0056.eps

Note 1: Be sure to keep the four anchor bolt plates (shown as triangular dotted lines) tobolt the bay frame to the floor.

Note 2: For standard (zone 2) anchor bolts, use a 5/8 in. (16 mm) masonry bit, and drilla hole 2-3/8 in. (60 mm) deep.

Note 3: For earthquake (zone 4) anchor bolts, use a 11/16 in. (18 mm) masonry bit anddrill a hole 100 mm (4.0 in.) deep.

Note 4: ANSI anchor plates are standard. You must order ETSI anchor plates. [NTRU0413]

Note 5: The dotted line represents base of frame and anchor plates.

300 mm

250 mm

215 mm

85 mm

50 mm

600 mm

395 mm

325 mm

600 mm 600 mm



Maximum cable length (Ethernet and STS-48)The following table provides the maximum cable length allowed for Ethernet connections:

Mechanical specificationsThe following specifications cover the mechanical aspects of an OPTera Long Haul 1600 network element:

Connection Maximum cable length Minimum cable length

Ethernet 100 m (330 ft) N/A

Bay frame

Width 598 mm (23.62 in.)

Height 2.125 mm (83.66 in.)

Depth 298 mm (11.73 in.)

Weight 49.89 kg (110 lb)

Clearance between uprights 502 mm (19.76 in.)

Vertical mounting centers 25.5 mm (0.98 in.)

Horizontal mounting centers 515 mm (20.27 in.)

Maximum base height 118 mm (4.645 in.)

OPTera Long Haul 1600 control shelf (including LCAP)

Width 495 mm (19.5 in.)

Height 500 mm (19.7 in.)

Depth 280 mm (11.0 in.)

Fiber management trays

Width (without mounting flanges) 495 mm (19.5 in.)

Height 88.14 mm (3.47 in.)

Depth 240.5 mm (9.47 in.)

OPTera Long Haul 1600 main transport shelf

Width 495 mm (19.5 in.)

Height 367 mm (14.462 in.)

Depth 280 mm (11.0 in.)

—continued—



Floor loadingThe OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay has a total weight of 328 kg (725 lbs) fully configured. The OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay configured as a Repeater (for Release 1.2/1.5) weights 300 lbs (136.1 kg) without circuit packs. Given a 300-mm (11.81-in.) deep frame, the specified Telcordia (formerly known as Bellcore) occupied floor area is 0.65 m2 (7.04 ft.2), which results in a total floor load of 505 kg/m2 (103 lb/ft.2).

Telcordia standard GR-63-CORE Issue 1, October 1995 requirement is that the total floor load for the specified area including overhead cables, light fixtures and transient loads supported by the equipment frame must not exceed 735 kg/m2 (150.6 lb/ft.2).

Thermal loading The OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay is a 300 mm (11.81) deep, forced-air cooled free-standing frame. The Telcordia standard GR-63-CORE Issue 1, October 1995 heat release objective is 1950 W/m2 (181.2 W/ft2).

The OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay heat dissipation depends on the configuration. The following table shows the maximum thermal loading for a fully equipped OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater, given a Telcordia specified occupied floor area of 0.65 m2 (7.04 ft.2):

Environmental control unit

Width 500 mm (19.68 in.)

Height 74.98 mm (2.95 in.)

Depth 215 mm (8.47 in.)

OPTera Long Haul 1600 extension shelf

Width 495 mm (19.5 in.)

Height 367 mm (14.462 in.)

Depth 280 mm (11.0 in.)

Configuration Maximum power dissipation(fully equipped configurations)

Thermal density

Wavelength translator

2894 W 4452 W/m2 (411 W/ft2)

Combiner 2362 W 3634 W/m2 (333 W/ft2)

Line amplifier 1880 W 2892 W/m2 (269 W/ft2)



Environmental specificationsThis section provides environmental specifications for the OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay product.

Operational ambient temperatureThe table below shows the central office operating temperature for an OPTera Long Haul 1600 network element (NE).

Note: Short-term is no more than 96 consecutive hours and a total of no more than 15 days in a year.

This is fully compliant with Telcordia (formerly known as Bellcore) GR-63-CORE Issue 1, October 1995.

Non-operational ambient temperature (shipping/storage)This equipment withstands non-operational temperatures between −40 and +70°C (−40 and +158°F) for 72 hours duration at each temperature extreme, as shown in the following table. The equipment is tested (unpacked) according to GR-63-CORE Issue 1, October 1995.

Relative humidityThe following information is the maximum and minimum relative humidity specifications for the OPTera Long Haul 1600 product:

Continuous operation10 to 85% relative humidity.

Short-term operation5 to 95% relative humidity but not greater than 0.024 kg water/kg dry air.

This is fully compliant with Telcordia (formerly known as Bellcore) GR-63-CORE, Issue 1, October 1995, Section 4.1.2, “Operating Temperature and Humidity Criteria”.

Operation mode Temperature

normal operation 0 to +45°C (+32 to +113°F), 10% to 85% relative humidity

short-term operation −8 to +50°C (+18 to +122°F), 5% to 95% relative humidity or 0.024 kg water/kg dry air

Temperature Test

Low −40°C (−40°F) for 72 hours

High +70°C (+158°F) for 72 hours



Shipping/storageUp to 95% relative humidity at 40°C for 96 hours.

This is fully compliant with Telcordia GR-63-CORE, Issue 1, October 1995, Section 4.1.1, “Transportation and Storage Environmental Criteria”.

AltitudeThe OPTera Long Haul 1600 network element is quoted to operate up to 4000 m (13 000 ft.) above sea level.

Note: For altitudes above 1830 m (6000 ft.), the specified operating temperature range must be derated by a factor of 2°C (3.6°F) for every 305 m (1000 ft.) up to 4000 m (13 000 ft.).

Atmospheric dustThe OPTera Long Haul 1600 shelves do not require any air filters. The enclosed construction of circuit packs equipped in the main transport shelf permits forced air cooling operation without air filters and associated maintenance, eliminating the risk of airborne contaminants ending up on the electronic components of the circuit packs. The dust contaminants, if allowed in quantity on the electronic components, would otherwise reduce cooling and potentially induce hardware/intermittent faults.

The equipment remains operational and is subject to the requirements of Telcordia (formerly known as Bellcore) TR-NWT-000063, Issue 5, September 1993, Section 4.6, “Airborne Contaminants”.

Mechanical shock and vibrationThe OPTera Long Haul 1600 network element meets mechanical robustness requirements for normal transportation, service handling, shock robustness, operational vibrations and earthquakes. The tests shown in the following tables are deemed suitable to verify these requirements.

ShockFully compliant with Telcordia GR-63-CORE, Issue 1, October 1995 specifications in sections 4.3.1.2 and 4.3.2 and test methods in sections 5.3.1 and 5.3.2.

Condition Specification

Packed for shipment Drop height 609 mm (24 in.) of 762 mm (30 in.)dependent on weight

Unpacked (at installation) Drop height 76 mm (3 in.) of 102 mm (4 in.)dependent on weight



Vibration Fully compliant with Telcordia GR-63-CORE, Issue 1, October 1993, specification in sections 4.4 and 5.6.4.

Transportation bounce Tested on a truck bed simulator, according to test method IEC Draft 68-2-55.

EarthquakeThe equipment remains operational when subjected to floor response spectra simulating Zone 4 earthquake loading and mounted in a Nortel Networks frame. Compliant with Telcordia GR-63-CORE, Issue 1, October 1995 section 4.4, Zone 4 waveform.

Power requirementsThe following specifications cover all the requirements related to the powering of an OPTera Long Haul 1600 network element.

Power distributionThe OPTera Long Haul 1600 system is powered by redundant feeds. The failure of one of the power feeds due to an open or short circuit does not affect the system. Two breaker/filter modules provide power for the OPTera Long Haul 1600 shelves.

The A side and the B side can have separate power supplies. See the following table for the acceptable voltage difference between the two power supplies:

Condition Specification

Operating environment 0.1 g from 5 to 100 Hz at 0.1 oct/min

Non-operating environment (shipping)

5 to 50 Hz at 0,5 g and 0.1 oct/min and 50 to 500 Hz at 3 g and 0.25 oct/min

Battery voltage requirements

Range −39 V dc to −75 V dc

Battery step change during end wall switching

5 V step @ ≥ 5 V/ms

Measured voltage across Acceptable range

A (−48) and A (RET) −39 V to −75 V

B (−48) and B (RET) −39 V to −75 V

A (−48) and B (−48) 0 ± 5 V

A (RET) and B (RET) 0 ± 0.1 V



Power installation requirementsThe recommended power cable gauge to be used between the fused power panel and the OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay is no. 6 AWG, depending on the distance to the battery distribution fuse bay (BDFB).

Six power feedsThe fuse/breaker for each power lead from the BDFB must be 40 amperes.

Two power feedsThe fuse/breaker for each power lead from the BDFB must be 100 amperes.

Note 1: Various types of fuses/breakers can be used to protect the wiring between the battery distribution fuse bay (BDFB) and the bay. The given amperage values are independent of the fuse or breaker used.

Note 2: A network element configured as an MOR Plus stand-alone can be powered by the two power feed configuration with 100-ampere fuses/breakers. If the six power feed configuration is used, the 40-ampere fuses/breakers should still be used.

Grounding and isolationOPTera Long Haul 1600 equipment uses an integrated frame and logic grounding system. For example, the −4.5 and −12 V dc logic ground from the point-of-use power supply (PUPS) of each circuit pack is connected to the frame of the shelf through the backplane. The battery return is separated from the frame ground in accordance with Telcordia (formerly known as Bellcore) GR-63-CORE, Issue 1, October 1995.

Note: RS-232, parallel telemetry and Ethernet grounding pins are connected to the shelf ground.



Circuit pack power estimatesAt the nominal battery voltage, the typical power estimates of each OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater circuit pack is as follows:

Electromagnetic compatibilityThis section covers the electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) of the OPTera Long Haul 1600 network element.

EmissionsElectromagnetic interference (EMI) emission requirements are intended to minimize the interference of spurious EMI from the OPTera Long Haul 1600 system to other electronic devices.

Circuit pack Typical power dissipation

Maximum power dissipation

OC-192/STM-64 XR (NTCA04) 75 W 118 W

10G WT (NTCA07) 75 W 118 W

2.5G WT (NTCA70) 50 W 60 W(see Note)

Orderwire (NTCA47) 7 W 8 W

OPC storage (NTCA51) 13 W 16 W

OPC controller (NTCA50) 11 W 13 W

OPC interface (NTCA52) 3 W 4 W

OPC removable media (NTCA53) 1 W 2 W

Shelf controller, 32 M (NTCA41) 10 W 13 W

Maintenance interface (NTCA42) 8 W 10 W

Message exchange (NTCA48) 8 W 10 W

Parallel telemetry (NTCA45) 2 W 3 W

Breaker/filter module (NTCA40) 5 W 6 W

Fan module (NTCA85DA) 35 W 42 W(see Note)

MOR Plus (NTCA11) 35 W 50 W

Note: These values are estimates (@ November 1, 1999).



RadiatedWhen installed in its maximum worst-case reasonable configuration, the OPTera Long Haul 1600 product meets the radiated emission requirements of the following:

• FCC Part 15B, Class A

• EN55022, Class A

• Telcordia (formerly known as Bellcore) GR-1089-CORE, Class A

• Bell Canada TAD 8465, Class A

• ICES-003, Class A

• ETSI 300 386-2, Class A

ConductedWhen installed in its maximum worst-case reasonable configuration, the OPTera Long Haul 1600 product meets the conducted emission requirements (power and signal cables) of the following:

• Telcordia (formerly known as Bellcore) GR-1089-CORE, Class A

• Telcordia GR-499, Issue 1

• Bell Canada TAD 8465, Class A

• Bell Canada DS 8171

• ETSI 300 386-1, Class A

• ETSI 300 132-2

Susceptibility/Immunity Radio frequency immunity (RFI) requirements are intended to ensure a high degree of robustness to electromagnetic disturbances from other electronic devices and radio wave transmissions.

RadiatedThe OPTera Long Haul 1600 product meets the radiated immunity requirements of the following:

• Telcordia (formerly known as Bellcore) GR-1089-CORE

• Bell Canada TAD 8465

• EN300 386-2

• EN 50082-1



ConductedThe OPTera Long Haul 1600 product meets the conducted immunity requirements of the following:


• Telcordia GR-499


• EN300 386-2

• ETSI 300 132-2

• EN 50082-1

Electrostatic discharge and electrical fast transientElectrostatic discharge (ESD) requirements are intended to ensure a high degree of robustness to broadband electromagnetic disturbances from ESD events on the OPTera Long Haul 1600 system or within close proximity. Electrical fast transient (EFT) requirements ensure a high degree of robustness to conducted transients on cables.

Electrostatic discharge The OPTera Long Haul 1600 product meets the following specifications up to 15 kV (air discharge, direct) and 8 kV (contact discharge, direct and indirect) with no errors or malfunction:



• EN 300 386-2

• EN 50082-1

• EN 61000-4-2 (formerly IEC 801-2)

Electrical fast transientThe OPTera Long Haul 1600 product meets the following specifications up to Level 3 (2 kV power, 1 kV signal) with no errors or malfunction and automatically recover, without damage, up to Level 4 (4 kV power, 2 kV signal):


• ETSI 300 386-2

• EN 61000-4-4 (formerly IEC 801-4)

• EN 50082-1

Parallel telemetry output relay rated capacityEach form-C output relay contact is rated at 120 V ac (110 V dc) at 1 A. Each output is a three-signal set supplied by a relay with a common connection (COM) grouped with a normally open contact (NO) and a normally closed contact (NC).



Optical interface specificationsThe OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater network element equipment meet the requirements of the SONET rates and format specifications as defined by ECSA committee T1X1.4, T1X1.5 in document T1.105, Optical Interface Rates and Format Specifications, March 1988.

All OPTera Long Haul 1600 equipment complies with the SONET optical interface specifications. All SONET/SDH transmit interface circuit packs can transmit into non-SONET/SDH receivers, and similarly, all SONET/SDH receive interface circuit packs can accept signals from non-SONET/SDH transmitters.

The specifications provided in this section apply to the worst-case production units, operating at environmental extremes and end-of-life limits.

Circuit pack specificationsThe components of the optical layer can be combined in several ways to realize a variety of optical link applications. To facilitate the planning process, Nortel Networks has defined “Building Blocks” (BB) that can be combined using engineering rules to create the required applications.

The building blocks are described in the context of a 100 GHz-spaced DWDM system that supports a maximum of 32 wavelengths. The MOR Plus amplifier supports 100 GHz-spaced DWDM system that enables the multiplexing of up to 32 wavelengths. When used in a 200-GHz-channel spacing mixed applications with MOR Plus circuit packs, the maximum capacity is 16 wavelengths.

The OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2 and 1.5 Repeater consists of the following building blocks that you can combine in several ways to create a variety of optical network applications:

• MOR Plus amplifier

• 1625 nm OSC module

• 2.5G WT circuit pack for 2.5 Gbit/s open optical interfaces

• 10G WT circuit pack for 10 Gbit/s open optical interfaces

• OC-192/STM-64 XR circuit pack for 10 Gbit/s regenerator applications

• DWDM couplers

• DCM modules

You require a variety of these optical building blocks to create the different sites of a network configuration.



MOR Plus amplifier circuit packThis circuit pack is an evolution of the MOR amplifier. The MOR Plus amplifier can amplify up to 32 bidirectional optical channels for the OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater system offering. This amplifier is the baseline amplifier for 32-λ applications. The MOR Plus amplifier improves deployment flexibility by providing a per-band access (PBA) functionality where components such as DCM or add/drop couplers can be inserted. MOR Plus is also available with a built-in 1510 nm optical service channel (OSC), which travels with the RED band. For detailed specifications, see Table 5-2 on page 5-18.

MOR Plus/1625 nm OSC circuit pack This circuit pack is an MOR Plus combined with an external 1625 nm OSC. The plug-in module is available for bidirectional communication. The 1625 nm channel travels with the BLUE band and allows a convenient bidirectional optical layer remote access facility for the line amplifier applications. For detailed specifications, see Table 5-2 on page 5-18 and Table 5-3 on page 5-24.

OC-192/STM-64 XR circuit pack (transponder/regenerator) This circuit pack receives, regenerates, and transmits signals. It operates as a full 10-Gbit/s SONET/SDH regenerator. The OC-192/STM-64 XR offers 32-wavelength DWDM functionality. For detailed specifications, see Table 5-4 on page 5-26.

2.5G WT circuit pack for 2.5 Gbit/s open optical interfacesThis circuit pack acts as an open optical interface that allows access to the optical transport layer for SONET/SDH traffic, IP, and ATM router traffic. It offers on-ramp and off-ramp capabilities with overhead transparency. The 2.5G WT is a thin SONET/SDH regenerator. For details about overhead (OH) transparency, see “Service transparency” on page 2-5. For detailed specifications, see Table 5-5 on page 5-29.

10G WT circuit pack for 10 Gbit/s open optical interfacesThis circuit pack acts as an open optical interface that allows access to the optical transport layer for SONET/SDH traffic, IP, and ATM router traffic. It offers on-ramp and off-ramp capabilities with overhead transparency. The 10G WT is a thin SONET/SDH regenerator. For details about overhead (OH) transparency, see “Service transparency” on page 2-5. For detailed specifications, see Table 5-6 on page 5-32.



DWDM couplersThis component multiplexes and demultiplexes optical channels into and out of a single fiber. These couplers generally consist of passive filters that are packaged as stand-alone optical components with one port for each DWDM channel and a common port that connect to the fiber plant. Monitoring taps, variable optical attenuators (VOA) for received power adjustment and expansion ports for upgrades can also be included. For more information about DWDM couplers for 200 GHz DWDM grid applications, see 200 GHz, 2- to 16-wavelength Optical Layer Applications Guide (NTY311DX) or 100 GHz MOR Plus, 2- to 32-wavelength Optical Layer Applications Guide (NTY312DX).

Dispersion Compensation Modules (DCM)These components are used to counter chromatic dispersion in long-haul transmission systems. DCMs contain dispersion-compensating fiber that applies a pre-defined level of dispersion to reconstruct (compress) the optical pulses after they have been broadened over a given length of standard, and in some cases, dispersion-shifted fiber. For more information about DCM modules, see 200 GHz, 2- to 16-wavelength Optical Layer Applications Guide (NTY311DX) or 100 GHz MOR Plus, 2- to 32-wavelength Optical Layer Applications Guide (NTY312DX).



Table 5-2MOR Plus amplifier

F4729-MOR_R80.eps

Functional descriptionMOR Plus amplifier circuit packs optically amplify a maximum of up to 32 optical channels that are symmetrically allocated in two wavelength bands: the RED (1547.5 nm to 1561.0 nm) and BLUE (1528.4 nm to 1542.5 nm) bands. A maximum of up to 16 wavelengths are co-propagating in each band. The two bands are travelling in opposite directions to provide full bidirectionality in a single optical fiber. The MOR Plus provides access to each optical band. The MOR Plus, configured as a line amplifier, enables the insertion of components at its mid stage. When correct engineering rules are followed (see OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTPs for engineering rules), the loss of the component inserted in an MOR Plus line amplifier cannot decrease the reach of the optical link.

—continued—

LOS blue band (yellow)

LOS red band (yellow)

Fail (red)

Optical connector (output)

Optical connector (input)

Optical connector (common)

Active (green)



Hardware descriptionThe MOR Plus amplifier circuit pack is designed to be installed in the OPTera Long Haul 1600 equipment bay. There are two MOR Plus amplifier modules: the RED Pre/BLUE Post and the BLUE Pre/RED Post. Both amplifier circuit packs are designed to be installed in the OPTera Long Haul 1600 equipment bay.

One of each module is used at MUX/DEMUX sites (optical multiplex section site). The two modules are combined to form a line amplifier with mid-stage component insertion capability. Each direction of transmission is routed through separate amplifier gain regions. Amplification in each direction of transmission occurs because the input optical signals acquire energy from a dedicated 980 nm pump laser. Each optical path includes WDM splitters and combiners for the pump laser and signal, optical isolators and optical gain flattening filters.

Power monitoring is performed by means of four PIN photodetectors that are positioned at the input/output ports of the EDFA gain block modules. Three connectors are located on the module faceplate. For the RED Pre/BLUE Post amplifier, they are designated as RED out, BLUE in, and RED in/BLUE out. For the BLUE Pre/RED Post amplifier, they are designated as BLUE out, RED in, and BLUE in/RED out. FC, ST, or SC type adapters can be ordered to match the fiber plant connector types.

Two loss of signal (LOS) LEDs are located on the upper part of the faceplate, allowing the separate identification of signal loss for each transmission direction (RED band or BLUE band directions). Another two LEDs are located on the faceplate to identify if the circuit pack is active (green LED) or failing (red LED).

OAM&P featuresThe MOR Plus amplifier has the following features:

• remote provisioning

• total and per-channel optical power monitoring (analog maintenance)

• optical link equalization software to optimize link performance

• alarm reporting

• optical reflectometer (bidirectional port only)

• channel autodiscovery

• autopropagation of provisioned values

• local locking of provisioned values

Options PEC Specific attributes

BLUE Pre/RED Post MOR Plus amplifier without OSC

NTCA11JK This version of the MOR Plus amplifier includes BLUE and RED band EDFA modules mounted on a motherboard assembly. The MOR Plus amplifier is used at a site where RED band wavelengths are multiplexed in the fiber and BLUE band wavelengths are demultiplexed out of the fiber. The MOR Plus amplifier is not equipped with the 1510 nm OSC unit.

—continued—

Table 5-2MOR Plus amplifier (continued)



Options PEC Specific attributes

RED Pre/BLUE Post MOR Plus amplifier without OSC

NTCA11KK This version of the MOR Plus amplifier includes BLUE and RED band EDFA modules mounted on a motherboard assembly. The MOR Plus is used at a site where BLUE band wavelengths are multiplexed in the fiber and RED band wavelengths are demultiplexed out of the fiber. The MOR Plus is not equipped with the 1510 nm OSC unit.

BLUE Pre/Red Post MOR Plus amplifier with OSC

NTCA11NK This version of the MOR Plus amplifier includes BLUE and RED band EDFA modules mounted on a motherboard assembly. The MOR Plus amplifier is used at a site where RED band wavelengths are multiplexed in the fiber and BLUE band wavelengths are demultiplexed out of the fiber.

This version of the MOR Plus amplifier is also equipped with the 1510 nm OSC unit. The 1510 nm OSC is an out-of-band communication channel used for supervisor purposes. This channel co-propagates with the RED band wavelengths. Optical access to the 1510 nm OSC is provided by means of add/drop filters embedded into the MOR RED band amplifier path. Since the OSC is integrated into the MOR, external add/drop filters and associated fiber patches are not required.

RED Pre/BLUE Post MOR Plus amplifier with OSC

NTCA11PK This version of the MOR Plus amplifier includes BLUE and RED band EDFA modules mounted on a motherboard assembly. The MOR Plus amplifier is used at a site where BLUE band wavelengths are multiplexed in the fiber and RED band wavelengths are demultiplexed out of the fiber.

This version of the MOR Plus amplifier is also equipped with the 1510 nm OSC unit. The 1510 nm OSC is an out-of-band communication channel used for supervisory purposes. This channel co-propagates with the RED band wavelengths. Optical access to the 1510 nm OSC is provided by means of add/drop filters embedded into the MOR RED band amplifier path. Since the OSC is integrated into the MOR, external add/drop filters and associated fiber patches are not required.

—continued—




Specifications

BLUE band wavelength range at start of life: 1528.40 nm to 1542.50 nm

RED band wavelength range at start of life: 1547.50 nm to 1561.00 nm

Output power masksThe four figures on the following pages describe the MOR Plus output power mask for the BLUE Post, Blue Pre, RED Post and RED Pre amplifier modules, respectively. The shaded area indicates the allowed end-of-life total output power as opposed to the input power for the amplifier. For example, when the input power to the BLUE Post amplifier of the MOR Plus is -6.25 dBm, the output power at the end of life can be adjusted to 0 to 16.8 dBm.

—continued—




End-of-life maximum output power vs. input power, BLUE Post amplifier moduleF4731-MOR_R80.eps

End-of-life maximum output power vs. input power, BLUE Pre amplifier moduleF4732-MOR_R80.eps

—continued—


-12 -10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 40

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

18

BLUE post-amplifier input power in dBm

BLU

E p

ost-

ampl

ifier

oup

tut p

ower

in d

Bm

(-10.25, 16.3)(-6.25, 16.8)

(1.25, 16.4)

(2.5, 16.3)

(3.75, 16.1)

-30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 00

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

BLUE pre-amplifier input power in dBm

BLU

E p

re-a

mpl

ifier

oup

tut p

ower

in d

Bm

(-31.25, 5.3)

(-11.25, 15.1) (-6.25, 15.1) (-0.25, 14.8)



End-of-life maximum output power vs. input power, RED Post amplifier moduleF4734-MOR_R80.eps

End-of-life maximum output power vs. input power, RED Pre amplifier moduleF4735-MOR_R80.eps


-12 -10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 40

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

18

RED post-amplifier input power in dBm

RE

D p

ost-

ampl

ifier

oup

tut p

ower

in d

Bm

(-10.25, 13.2)

(-6.25, 14.8)

(1.25, 15.8)

(2.5, 15.8)

(3.75, 16.0)

-30 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 00

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

RED pre-amplifier input power in dBm

RE

D p

re-a

mpl

ifier

oup

tut p

ower

in d

Bm

(-31.25, 5.4)

(-11.25, 15.1) (-0.25, 15.2)(-6.25, 15.2)



Table 5-31625 nm OSC circuit pack

OTP0321.eps

—continued—

Fail (red)

Active (green)

Optical connectors



Functional descriptionThe 1625 nm OSC supports a unidirectional out-of-band optical service channel at 1625 nm for supervisory purposes. The 1625 m OSC must be configured to co-propagate with the BLUE band channels. Use the 1625 nm OSC module in conjunction with the MOR Plus with 1510 nm OSC on fiber-constrained, route diverse or ring applications where all channels must propagate through a single line amplified path. External 1550/1625 nm WDM couplers are required for optical access to OSC at 1625 nm.

Hardware descriptionThe 1625 nm OSC module is built on the same platform as the MOR unit, but it does not support the optical amplifier gain blocks provided on the MOR. The 1625 nm OSC does not support optical amplification or power monitoring functionality as provided with the MOR module.

OAM&P featuresThe 1625 nm OSC circuit pack has the following features: remote provisioning and alarm reporting.

Options

Definition PEC Specific attributes

1625 nm OSC circuit pack NTCA11CK The 1625 nm OSC module consists of an OSC module mounted on a motherboard assembly. The 1625 nm OSC does not provide the optical amplification or power monitoring functionality as provided with the MOR or MOR Plus amplifiers.

Table 5-31625 nm OSC circuit pack (continued)



Table 5-4OC-192/STM-64 XR circuit pack

F4723-MOR_R80.eps

—continued—

LOS (yellow)

Fail (red)

Active (green)

output optical connector

input optical connector



Functional descriptionThe OC-192/STM-64 XR combines the functionality of a receiver and a DWDM regenerator transmitter in one circuit pack. Used in a regenerator, this single circuit pack replaces the regenerator transmitter and receiver circuit packs. The frequency, accuracy, and stability of the optical signal emitted allows these transmitters to be used in a DWDM system with spacing of 100 GHz or more between adjacent wavelengths. The transmitter frequencies are also aligned with the ITU-T grid.

Hardware description The OC-192/STM-64 XR is designed to be installed in the OPTera Long Haul 1600 equipment bay. The OC-192/STM-4 XR is equipped with an electro-optic modulator, photodetector, and the require RF circuitry to convert the 10 Gbit/s modulated optical signal to the electrical domain for 3R regeneration and overhead processing. The signal is then converted back to the optical domain with a specific carrier wavelength.

One output connector is located on the module faceplate. You can order the FC, ST, or SC type adapters to match the fiber plant connector types.

Three LEDs are located on the faceplate. The LEDs identify a LOS (yellow LED), an active circuit pack (green LED), or a failing circuit pack (red LED).

OAM&P featuresThe OC-192/STM-64 XR has the following features:

• remote provisioning of output power and chirp polarity

• optical power monitoring

• alarm reporting

• analog maintenance support

OptionsThe 32 transmitters available for 100 GHz applications follow.

For circuit pack definition, PEC and specific wavelength attributes according to different fiber types, refer to the 200 GHz MOR/MOR Plus, 2- to 16-wavelength Optical Layer Applications Guide (NTY311DX) and the 100 GHz MOR Plus, 2- to 32-wavelength Optical Layer Applications Guide (NTY312DX).

Specification

Tx module laser type Distributed Feedback (DFB) semiconductor laser

Laser spectral width (Continous wave linewidth)

20 MHz

Laser Side Mode Suppression Ration (SSR)

40 dB

Pigtail fiber type Single mode fiber

Wavelength range 1528.77 to 1542.14 nm for BLUE band transmitters

1547.72 to 1561.42 nm for RED band transmitters

—continued—

Table 5-4OC-192/STM-64 XR circuit pack (continued)



Central wavelength accuracy

Note: This value does not include information bandwidth and dispersion compensating chirp.

± 0.05 nm

Provisionable output power Configurable from -10 to 1.5 dBm subject to the accuracy below.

Output power adjustment accuracy

± 0.5 dBm

This number is a worst-case end-of-life number that includes connector loss, aging and temperature degradation.

Chirp polarity Configurable to positive or negative

Reflection tolerance −14 dB

Maximum tolerated optical power into output connector of the transmitter

10 dBm

Transmitter line coding NRZ

Photodetector type PIN photodetector


Wavelength range input 1290 nm to 1575 nm

Guaranteed sensitivity −12 dBm for amplified links

−14.0 dBm for non-amplified links

Overload level (input power to the Rx must be equal or below this value so that guaranteed link BER and jitter tolerance are met)

0.0 dBm

Damage level (maximum power allowed at the input of the Rx above which the components can be permanently damaged)

5.0 dBm

Line coding NRZ

Table 5-4OC-192/STM-64 XR circuit pack (continued)



Table 5-52.5 Git/s DWDM wavelength translator (WT)

F4724-MOR_R80.eps

—continued—

LOS (yellow)

Fail (red)

Active (green)





Functional descriptionThe 2.5 Gbit/s DWDM Wavelength Translator (WT) acts as a gateway converting non-Nortel Networks DWDM wavelengths to Nortel Networks optical frequencies aligned with the ITU-T grid. The frequency accuracy and stability of the optical signal emitted allow these WTs to be used in DWDM systems with spacings of 100 GHz or more between adjacent wavelengths. Analog maintenance features are supported.

Wavelength Translators are capable of processing thin SONET/SDH signals. Therefore, these translators provide access to the optical backbone. This arrangement allows for open architectures.

Hardware descriptionThe 2.5 Gbit/s DWDM Wavelength Translator (WT) is designed to be installed in the OPTera Long Haul 1600 equipment bay. The 2.5 Gbit/s WT is equipped with an electro-optic modulator, photodetector and the required RF circuitry to convert the 2.5 Gbit/s modulated optical signal to the electrical domain for 3R regeneration and overhead processing. The signal is then converted back to the optical domain with a specific carrier wavelength.

Three LEDs are located on the faceplate to identify a LOS (yellow LED), an active circuit pack (green LED), or a failed circuit pack (red LED).

OAM&P featuresThe 2.5 Gbit/s WT has the following features:

• thin SONET/SDH overhead processing




• alarm reporting



—continued—

Table 5-52.5 Git/s DWDM wavelength translator (WT) (continued)



Specification


Laser spectral width(Continuous wave linewidth)

20 MHz

Laser Slide Mode Suppression Ration (SSR)

40 dB




Central wavelength tolerance (see note) ± 0.12 nm


Provisionable output power Configurable from −11 to −3.0 dBm subject to the accuracy below.

Output power adjustment accuracy ± 0.5 dBm

This is a worst-case end-of-life number that includes connector loss, aging and temperature degradation.



10 dBm


Receiver specifications

Photodetector type APD


Wavelength range 1290 nm to 1570 nm

Guaranteed sensitivity −28.3 dBm


−15.0 dBm


5.0 dBm

Line coding NRZ

Table 5-52.5 Git/s DWDM wavelength translator (WT) (continued)



Table 5-610 Gbit/s DWDM wavelength translator (WT)

F4724-MOR_R80.eps

—continued—

LOS (yellow)

Fail (red)

Active (green)





Functional descriptionThe 10 Gbit/s DWDM Wavelength Translator (WT) acts as a gateway converting non-Nortel Networks DWDM wavelengths to Nortel Networks optical frequencies aligned with the ITU-T grid. The frequency accuracy and stability of the optical signal emitted allows these WTs to be used in DWDM systems with spacings of 100 GHz or more between adjacent wavelengths. Analog maintenance features are supported.

Wavelength translators are capable of processing thin SONET/SDH signals. Therefore, these translators provide access to the optical backbone. This arrangement allows for open architectures.

Hardware descriptionThe 10 Gbit/s DWDM Wavelength Translator (WT) is designed to be installed in the OPTera Long Haul 1600 equipment bay. The 10 Gbit/s DWDM WT is equipped with an electro-optic modulator, photodetector and the required RF circuitry to convert the 10 Gbit/s modulated optical signal to the electrical domain for 3R regeneration and overhead processing. The signal is then converted back to the optical domain with a specific carrier wavelength.

Three LEDs are located on the faceplate to identify a LOS (yellow LED), an active circuit pack (green LED), or a failed circuit pack (red LED).

OAM&P featuresThe 10 Gbit/s WT has the following features:

• thin SONET/SDH overhead processing




• alarm reporting



Specification


Laser spectral width (Continous wave linewidth)

20 MHz

Laser Side Mode Suppression Ration (SSR)

40 dB


—continued—

Table 5-610 Gbit/s DWDM wavelength translator (WT) (continued)





Central wavelength accuracy


± 0.05 nm

Provisionable output power Configurable from −10 to 1.5 dBm subject to the accuracy below.

Output power adjustment accuracy

± 0.5 dBm

This number is a worst-case end-of-life number that includes connector loss, aging and temperature degradation.

Chirp polarity Configurable to positive or negative



10 dBm


Photodetector type PIN photodetector


Wavelength range input 1290 nm to 1575 nm

Guaranteed sensitivity −12 dBm for amplified links

−14.0 dBm for non-amplified links


0.0 dBm


5.0 dBm

Line coding NRZ

Table 5-610 Gbit/s DWDM wavelength translator (WT) (continued)


6-1

Ordering information 6-You can order the OPTera Long Haul 1600 Releases 1.2/1.5 software and hardware through your local customer service representative. Address additional inquiries to the regional sales offices. Refer to the end of this document for telephone numbers and addresses.

To order an OPTera Long Haul 1600 system, you must identify the requirements for the following components:

• bay and shelf hardware

• required circuit packs

• optical cabling

• software load and licenses

For more information see the appropriate OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTP documentation or refer to Chapter 7, “Engineering documentation”.

To order Refer to

Hardware Table 6-1 through Table 6-17

Cable Table 6-18 through Table 6-25

Software (see Note) Table 6-26 and Table 6-27

Note: The “Software building blocks” on page 6-32 simplify the configuration and the ordering process for software.


6-2 Ordering information

Hardware baselineFor standardization reasons, your network must be operating at a minimum acceptable release of circuit packs and shelves for in-service applications with OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2. For optimized deployment operations, your network must be operating at a minimum acceptable release of circuit packs and shelves with OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.5.

Obtain the latest list of hardware baselines by using Nortel Networks Fax-on-demand service (1-800-451-1685).

Bay assemblyAn OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater bay assembly is equipped with all the basic hardware required for Wavelength Translator or regenerator configurations as requested. The bay assembly includes a universal front access frame and all intrabay cables. (See Table 6-1.)

Engineering rules1 A mechanical bay assembly with no extension shelves includes

pre-installed DWDM filler panels.

2 Order this item if you require an MOR Plus stand-alone bay to install DWDM shelf assembly, DWDM couplers, and DCM assemblies.

3 Order this item (which includes the first optional extension shelf) for all configurations requiring more than six Wavelength Translators or Regenerators.

4 Order this item (which includes the first and second extension shelves) for all configurations requiring more than 16 Wavelength Translators or regenerators.

Table 6-1OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay assembly

Description PEC CPC Rules

Mechanical bay assembly, 2.125 m (6.97 ft.), with no extension shelves

NTCA89GA A0743703 1, 2

Mechanical bay assembly, 2.125 m (6.97 ft.), with first extension shelf

NTCA89GB A0743705 3

Mechanical bay assembly, 2.125 m (6.97 ft.), with first and second extension shelves (see Note)

NTCA89GC A0773967 4

Note: Although the second extension shelf of the NTCA89GC mechanical bay assembly does not support transport circuit packs at this time, the use of this bay assembly is strongly recommended if more than 16 wavelength translators or regenerators are required for future use. In this case, passive optical modules such as WDM couplers and DCMs should be installed in a separate frame. You must equip all empty slots of the second extension shelf with filler circuit packs (NTCA49AA). For more information, refer to “Second extension shelf equipping rules” on page 4-22.


Ordering information 6-3

Bay equipmentThe items listed in Table 6-2 are provided when a mechanical bay assembly (NTCA89GA/GB/GC) is ordered. You can order each item separately as replacements or spares.

Table 6-2OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay equipment


Front access frame 2.125 m (6.97 ft.) NTRU0411 A0790396 1

Top cover assembly NTCC8153 A0785345 1

Control shelf NTCA81GA A0776337 1

Local craft access panel (LCAP) NTCA81BA A0628464 1

Universal Synchronization Alarms and Telemetry Terminations (uniSATT)

NTCE8134 A0622195 1

Fiber management shelf (2 tray/Universal frame) NTCA84GA A0776334 1, 2

Fiber management shelf (1 tray/Universal frame) NTCA84GB A0797440 2

Baffle assembly NTCA8935 A0765949 1

Main shelf NTCA86BA A0743706 1

Environmental control panel (ECP) NTCA85CA A0768688 1

Fan module NTCA85DA A0776332 1, 3

Plenum NTCC8520 A0776330 1

Fiber X-bay Channel NTCC8934 A0762220 1

Fiber Highway kit NTCA8949 A0786329 1

Brace P0910437 P0910437 1

First extension shelf assembly NTCA86CA A0743707 4

Second extension shelf assembly NTCA86DA A0773968 5

Earthquake Zone 2 anchor bolts kit (4) NT7E7002 A0372596 6

Power termination block NTCC8151 A0785346 1

OPTera ECP II with Plenum NTCA85CB A0776328 7



Engineering rules1 The NTCA89GA/GB/GC mechanical bay assembly includes this item.

2 Order this item as replacement or spare.

3 Order this item as replacement or spare only, because fan modules come with the bay (NTCA89GA/GB/GC).

4 For all releases, the first extension shelf is pre-installed for NTCA89GB/GC bays. You can use the extension shelf as an extension shelf to the main transport shelf in high density configurations.

5 For NTCA89GC, the second extension shelf is installed in the bay.

6 Standard anchor bolts (Earthquake Zone 2) are supplied with the frame as part of the mechanical bay assembly code NTCA89GA/GB/GC. You must order earthquake Zone 4 anchor bolts separately, if required (see Table 6-3).

7 Order this item when upgrading an NTCA89GB bay with the second extension shelf (NTCA86DA).

Note: A bay frame includes standard anchor bolts, a grounding strip and all the necessary attachment screws.

Frame accessoriesTable 6-3 lists all the accessories that are available for an OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater bay. Order these items based on your system requirements.

Table 6-3OPTera Long Haul 1600 frame accessories


Frame Leveling kit NT7E6040 A0397043 -

Earthquake anchor bolts kit (Zone 4) NT7E74AA A0370984 1

Cable cover kit 2.13 m (7 ft.) 26 inch line up. NTRU0402 A0790387 11

Cable cover kit 2.13 m (7 ft.) 600 mm line up. NTRU0401 A0790386 12

END panel kit for 600 line up NTRU0403 A0790388 2

END panel kit for 660 line up NTRU0404 A0790389 2

Frame extender 2.13 m (7 ft.) NTRU0409 A0790394 3

Frame extender 2.2 m (7.21 ft.) NTRU0414 A0790394 3



—continued—



Engineering rules 1 One set of earthquake anchor bolts (Zone 4) contains four bolts. Order

based on your requirements.

2 Order one or two for each bay line up based on your requirements.

3 Frame extenders are supplied with ground bridge loops and are used to extend 2.13 m (7 ft.) frames to heights of 2.20 m (7.21 ft.), 2.29 m (7.5 ft.), 2.44 m (8 ft.), 2.60 m (8.53 ft.), 2.74 m (9 ft.), and 3.50 m (11.5 ft.). Order based on your requirements.

4 This item is required to secure the bay framework to the floor.

5 This item is required if the bay (NTCA89GA/GB/GC) is to be installed using ISBN grounding procedures.

6 The ANSI Dressing kit contains the fiber cable cover hardware (NTRU0402) for the 660 mm (26 in.) line up. Customers should order one per NTCA89GA/GB/GC bay ordered being used in a 660-mm (26-in.) line-up.

7 The ETSI Dressing kit contains the fiber cable cover hardware (NTRU0401) for the 600 mm (23.4 in.) line up and the Mounting washers for the ETSI frames (NTRU0413). Customers should order one per NTCA89GA/GB/GC bay ordered being used in a 600 mm (23.4 in.) line up.

8 Order this item to connect the power supply to the OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay, for single 100-Amp power feed options.

Frame extender 2.6 m (8.53 ft.) NTCA89GM A0810340 3



ANSI Washer Kit NTRU0412 A0790397 4

ETSI Washer Kit NTRU0413 A0790398 4

Frame Insulator Kit NTRU0410 A0790395 5

ANSI Dressing Kit NTCA89GL A0803267 6

ETSI Dressing Kit NTCA89GK A0803268 7

Power feed jumper kit with 4 #4 AWG Cables NTCA89GE A0797615 8

Raised floor cable dressing kit (ANSI) NTCA89GF A0797616 9

Raised floor cable dressing kit (ETSI) NTCA89GG A0776335 10

Table 6-3OPTera Long Haul 1600 frame accessories (continued)




9 The ANSI bolt-on cable carrier (NTCA89GF) added to the rear section of upright bays allows the through-floor routing of power cables. Both the 4 x #4 AWG cables and the 12 x #6 AWG cables can be used.

10 For ETSI power through-floor connections, the through-floor power cable kit (NTCA89GG) must be used. This kit replaces the existing ANSI fiber highway and supports the 12 x #6 AWG feed solution only. The 12 power cables are stored on one side of the bay frame in the power troughs. The signal control cables are stored on the other side of the bay frame in the power troughs.

11 Contained as part of NTCA89GL kit

12 Contained as part of NTCA89GK kit

Standard fiber management hardwareTable 6-4 lists the fiber management hardware that is available for the OPTera Long Haul 1600 product.

Table 6-4OPTera Long Haul 1600 standard fiber management hardware


Fiber management shelf (2 trays/Universal frame) NTCA84GA A0776334 1

Fiber management shelf (1 tray/Universal frame) NTCA84GB A0797440 7

Slack storage discrete kit NTCA84GC A0797454 1

Slack storage bulk kit NTCA84GD A0797453 7

FC adaptor kit NTCC14WA A0646895 2

ST adaptor kit NTCC14WB A0646894 2

8-mVOA mounting plate kit, (FC) NTCC84JA A0797446 5

8-mVOA mounting plate kit, (ST) NTCC84JB A0797445 5

8-mVOA mounting plate kit, (SC) NTCC84JC A0797444 5

8-fixed attenuator mounting plate kit, (FC) NTCA84KA A0797441 6

8-fixed attenuator mounting plate kit, (ST) NTCA84KB A0797442 6

8-fixed attenuator mounting plate kit, (SC) NTCA84KC A0797443 6

1550/1625 nm OSC WDM coupler (FC) NTCC13AA A0681717 3

1550/1625 nm OSC WDM coupler (ST) NTCC13AB A0681718 3

1550/1625 nm OSC WDM coupler (SC) NTCC13AC A0681719 3

L-band/OSC WDM coupler mounting plate kit (SC) NTCA84GE A0797917 4

—continued—



Engineering rules1 The fiber management shelf is an integrated unit that comes with each

mechanical assembly (NTCA89GA/GB/GC). Order this item as a replacement part for the standard frame. The fiber management shelf includes two empty fiber management trays. Each tray can include fiber bend radius control features such as fiber spools and in/out guides. The slack storage discrete kit (NTCA84GC) consists of 20 fiber spools mounted on a plate that can be fixed inside the fiber management tray. Two NTCA84GC are provided with each mechanical assembly (NTCA89GA/GB/GC). The slack storage bulk kit (NTCA84GD) can store up to 40 fiber-optic patchcords.

2 Order this item when the optical patchcord connectors (used for the OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay) are not of the SC type. Kit NTCC14WA contains two FC-SC optical adapters. Kit NTCC14WB contains two ST-SC optical adapters.

L-band/OSC WDM coupler mounting plate kit (FC) NTCA84GJ A0813122 4

L-band/OSC WDM coupler mounting plate kit (ST) NTCA84GK A0813120 4

MOR L-Band Upgrade WDM Coupler, no 1625 nm OSC (SC) NTCA15GG A0794633 8

MOR L-Band Upgrade WDM Coupler, with 1625 nm OSC (SC) NTCA15GH A0784538 8

MOR L-Band Upgrade WDM Coupler, no 1625 nm OSC (FC) NTCA15GJ A0794632 9

MOR L-Band Upgrade WDM Coupler, with 1625 nm OSC (FC) NTCA15GK A0779631 9

MOR L-Band Upgrade WDM Coupler, no 1625 nm OSC (ST) NTCA15GM A0794634 10

MOR L-Band Upgrade WDM Coupler, with 1625 nm OSC (ST) NTCA15GN A0794630 10

MOR L-Band Upgrade WDM Coupler, 2 filters, no 1625 nm OSC (SC) NTCA15GP A0905966 8

MOR L-Band Upgrade WDM Coupler, 2 filters, with 1625 nm OSC (SC)

NTCA15GQ A0905967 8

MOR L-Band Upgrade WDM Coupler, 2 filters, no 1625 nm OSC (FC) NTCA15GR A0905968 9

MOR L-Band Upgrade WDM Coupler, 2 filters, with 1625 nm OSC (FC)

NTCA15GS A0905969 9

MOR L-Band Upgrade WDM Coupler, 2 filters, no 1625 nm OSC (ST) NTCA15GT A0905971 10

MOR L-Band Upgrade WDM Coupler, 2 filters, with 1625 nm OSC (ST)

NTCA15GU A0905972 10

Table 6-4OPTera Long Haul 1600 standard fiber management hardware (continued)




3 Use this item in conjunction with the 1625 nm optical service channel (OSC) circuit pack (NTCA11CK) to access the OSC at 1625 nm in a DWDM environment. For more information on this coupler and when you must use it, refer to OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTPs.

4 This mounting kit is a drop-in plate and does not include L-band upgrade coupler. However, the mounting kit is provided with the NTCA15Gx L-band upgrade coupler equipped with the required connector type.

5 This item includes 8 mVOAs with 16 adaptors. If required, install this item in the fiber management drawer of the bay at the line amplifier site.

6 For system applications that do not require DCMs, install 5 dB or 10 dB fixed attenuation pads to the appropriate connector adapter mounted on the attenuator mounting plate kit. When you use these fixed attenuation pads, you must follow specific technical specifications to meet the requirements set by Nortel Networks. For more information, refer to OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTPs.

7 These items are not included in the NTCA89GA/GB/GC mechanical bay, but can be ordered to provide additional fiber storage and fiber management capacity.

8 Extended band (L-band) WDM coupler is used in conjunction with OPTera Long Haul 1600 deployment overlay onto a MOR Plus amplified network. Details on this coupler will follow with the introduction of the OPTera Long Haul 1600 amplifier. Those kits contain one or two filters and the NTCA84GE mounting kit equipped with SC connectors.

9 Extended band (L-band) WDM coupler is used in conjunction with OPTera Long Haul 1600 deployment overlay onto a MOR Plus amplified network. Details on this coupler will follow with the introduction of the OPTera Long Haul 1600 amplifier. Those kits contain one or two filters and the NTCA84GJ mounting kit equipped with FC connectors.

10 Extended band (L-band) WDM coupler is used in conjunction with OPTera Long Haul 1600 deployment overlay onto a MOR Plus amplified network. Details on this coupler will follow with the introduction of the OPTera Long Haul 1600 amplifier. Those kits contain one or two filters and the NTCA84GK mounting kit equipped with ST connectors.

DWDM shelf assemblyTable 6-5 provides a list for different types of shelf assemblies that you can use to house DWDM couplers and DCM assemblies.

Table 6-5OPTera Long Haul 1600 DWDM shelf assembly


DWDM shelf assembly, 4-unit capacity for universal frame NTCA88GA A0776335 1,2



Engineering rules1 This shelf assembly in OPTera Long Haul 1600 universal rack format can

have up to four DWDM couplers and DCM assemblies.

2 This item can be installed in a Repeater bay at a line amplifier site, or in a 2.13 m (7 ft.) front access frame. A line amplifier site configuration normally consists of basic OPTera Long Haul 1600 hardware with DWDM transmitters, DWDM shelf assembly, DWDM couplers, DCM assemblies and MOR Plus circuit packs (with or without 1625 nm OSC).

Eight-wavelength DWDM couplers (200 GHz)Refer to OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTPs or 200 GHz MOR/MOR Plus, 2- to 16-λ Optical Layer Applications Guide (NTY311DX) for more information about DWDM optical couplers and technical specifications of a typical OPTera Long Haul 1600 DWDM system.

Eight-wavelength DWDM couplers (100 GHz)Refer to OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTPs or 100 GHz MOR Plus, 2- to 32-λ Optical Layer Applications Guide (NTY312DX) for more information about DWDM optical couplers and technical specifications of a typical OPTera Long Haul 1600 DWDM system.

16-wavelength DWDM coupler upgrades (200 GHz)Refer to OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTPs or 200 GHz MOR/MOR Plus, 2- to 16-λ Optical Layer Applications Guide (NTY311DX) for more information about DWDM optical couplers and technical specifications of a typical OPTera Long Haul 1600 DWDM system.

16-wavelength DWDM coupler upgrades for TrueWave ClassicΤΤΤΤΜΜΜΜ fiber (200 GHz)

Refer to OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTPs or 200 GHz MOR/MOR Plus, 2- to 16-λ Optical Layer Applications Guide (NTY311DX) for more information about DWDM optical couplers for TrueWave ClassicTM fiber and technical specifications of a typical OPTera Long Haul 1600 TrueWaveTM classic fiber DWDM system.

16-wavelength DWDM coupler upgrades (100 GHz)Refer to OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTPs or 100 GHz MOR Plus, 2- to 32-λ Optical Layer Applications Guide (NTY312DX) for more information about DWDM optical couplers and technical specifications of a typical OPTera Long Haul 1600 DWDM system.



24- and 32-wavelength DWDM coupler upgrades (100 GHz)Refer to OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTPs or 100 GHz MOR Plus, 2- to 32-λ Optical Layer Applications Guide (NTY312DX) for more information about DWDM optical couplers and technical specifications of a typical DWDM system.

DSF per-band access (PBA) DWDM couplers (200 GHz)Refer to OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTPs or 200 GHz MOR/MOR Plus, 2- to 16-λ Optical Layer Applications Guide (NTY311DX) for more information about DWDM optical couplers for DSF fiber plant and technical specifications of a typical OPTera Long Haul 1600 DWDM system.

Per-band access (PBA) DWDM couplers (200 GHz)Refer to OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTPs or 200 GHz MOR/MOR Plus, 2- to 16-λ Optical Layer Applications Guide (NTY311DX) for more information about DWDM optical couplers and technical specifications of a typical OPTera Long Haul 1600 DWDM system.

Dual splitter per-band access (PBA) DWDM couplersRefer to OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTPs or 200 GHz MOR/MOR Plus, 2- to 16-λ Optical Layer Applications Guide (NTY311DX) for more information about DWDM optical couplers and technical specifications of a typical OPTera Long Haul 1600 DWDM system.

Fixed 2-wavelength optical add-drop multiplexer (OADM) DWDM couplers

Refer to OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTPs or the Optical Add/Drop Applications Guide (NTY313DX) for more information about DWDM optical add/drop couplers and technical specifications of a typical OPTera Long Haul 1600 DWDM system.

DCM assembliesRefer to OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTPs or 200 GHz MOR/MOR Plus, 2- to 16-λ Optical Layer Applications Guide (NTY311DX) or 100 GHz MOR Plus, 2- to 32-λ Optical Layer Applications Guide (NTY312DX) for more information about DCM assemblies and technical specifications of a typical OPTera Long Haul 1600 DWDM system.

Spare WDM couplersRefer to OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTPs or the 200 GHz MOR/MOR Plus, 2 to 16-λ Optical Layer Applications Guide (NTY311DX) for more information about spare WDM couplers.



Miscellaneous itemsOrder items listed in Table 6-6 based on your requirements.

Engineering rules 1 This item contains three 10-ampere fuses (A0345488) used for the battery

feed filters and two 4-ampere fuses (A0383390) used for the ECU. These fuses are field-replaceable, and are located in the breaker/filter modules. Order based on your requirements.

2 Order this item, when you require an OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater bay (NTCA89GA/GB/GC) with circuit packs in position. When you order an OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay with circuit packs in position, it is mandatory that you order filler circuit packs for all unequipped slots. Ordering the required filler circuit pack is the responsibility of the customer.

OPTera Long Haul 1600 transport interfacesOPTera Long Haul 1600 Releases 1.2/1.5 transport interfaces are typically installed in a Repeater or a regenerator configurations. The number and type of circuit packs required for operation depends on the configuration of the OPTera Long Haul 1600 network element. Table 6-7 provides the type and quantity of optical interfaces required for the 2 different configurations. See Table 6-8 through Table 6-11 for ordering codes and engineering rules for each type of OPTera Long Haul 1600 transport interface.

Table 6-6OPTera Long Haul 1600 miscellaneous items


Consumable spares kit NTCA79AA A0647523 1

Shipping kit packs in place (PIP) assembly NTCA8917 A0651711 2

Table 6-7OPTera Long Haul 1600 optical interface type and quantity

Configuration Transmit/Receive interface

Repeater with 2.5G WT up to 16 grouped in pairs

Repeater with 10G WT up to 16 grouped in pairs

Regenerator with OC-192/STM-64 XR up to 16



Engineering rules See page 6-18.

Table 6-8OPTera Long Haul 1600 Releases 1.2/1.5 2.5G WT open optical interface


Adapterless 2.5G WT 1527.99 nm +/− chirp, power control NTCA70AK A0798083 1,2,3,6,7

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1528.77 nm +/− chirp, power control NTCA70MK A0789601 1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1530.33 nm +/− chirp, power control NTCA70EK A0789587 1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1531.90 nm +/− chirp, power control NTCA70NK A0789603 1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1533.47 nm +/− chirp, power control NTCA70FK A0789589 1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1535.04 nm +/− chirp, power control NTCA70GK A0789591 1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1536.61 nm +/− chirp, power control NTCA70PK A0789605 1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1538.19 nm +/− chirp, power control NTCA70QK A0789607 1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1539.77 nm +/− chirp, power control NTCA70RK A0789609 1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1541.35 nm +/− chirp, power control SPARE

NTCA70HK A0789593 1,2,3,5,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1544.53 nm +/− chirp, power control NTCA70BK A0789585 1,2,3,6,7

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1547.72 nm +/− chirp, power control NTCA70UK A0789615 1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1549.32 nm +/− chirp, power control NTCA70JK A0789595 1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1550.92 nm +/− chirp, power control NTCA70VK A0789617 1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1552.52 nm +/− chirp, power control NTCA70KK A0789597 1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1554.13 nm +/− chirp, power control NTCA70WK A0789620 1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1555.75 nm +/− chirp, power control NTCA70XK A0789622 1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1557.36 nm +/− chirp, power control NTCA70LK A0789599 1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1558.98 nm +/− chirp, power control NTCA70YK A0789624 1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1560.60 nm +/− chirp, power control SPARE

NTCA70ZK A0789626 1,2,3,4,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1562.23 nm +/− chirp, power control NTCA70CK A0798082 1,2,3,6,7




Table 6-9OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.5 2.5G WT open optical interface


Adapterless 2.5G WT 1529.55 nm +/− chirp, power control NTCA70ML A0789602 1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1531.12 nm +/− chirp, power control NTCA70EL A0789588 1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1532.68 nm +/− chirp, power control NTCA70NL A0789604 1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1534.25 nm +/− chirp, power control NTCA70FL A0789590 1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1535.82 nm +/− chirp, power control NTCA70GL A0789592 1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1537.40 nm +/− chirp, power control NTCA70PL A0789606 1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1538.98 nm +/− chirp, power control NTCA70QL A0789608 1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1540.56 nm +/− chirp, power control NTCA70RL A0789610 1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1542.14 nm +/− chirp, power control NTCA70HL A0789594 1,2,3,6,7

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1545.32 nm +/− chirp, power control NTCA70BL A0789586 1,2,3,6,7

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1548.51 nm +/− chirp, power control NTCA70UL A0789616 1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1550.12 nm +/− chirp, power control NTCA70JL A0789596 1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1551.72 nm +/− chirp, power control NTCA70VL A0789619 1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1553.33 nm +/− chirp, power control NTCA70KL A0789598 1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1554.94 nm +/− chirp, power control NTCA70WL A0789621 1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1556.55 nm +/− chirp, power control NTCA70XL A0789623 1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1558.17 nm +/− chirp, power control NTCA70LL A0789600 1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1559.79 nm +/− chirp, power control NTCA70YL A0789625 1,2,3,6

Adapterless 2.5G WT 1561.42 nm +/− chirp, power control NTCA70ZL A0789627 1,2,3,6,7



Table 6-10OPTera Long Haul 1600 10G WT open optical interface, C-Band Grid 1


10G AM2 WT 1528.77 nm +/-CHIRP NTCA07MP A0798951 1,2,3,6,10

10G AM2 WT 1529.55 nm +/-CHIRP NTCA07MQ A0799003 1,2,3,6,10

10G AM2 WT 1530.33 nm +/-CHIRP NTCA07EP A0798953 1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1531.12 nm +/-CHIRP NTCA07EQ A0799004 1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1531.90 nm +/-CHIRP NTCA07NP A0798954 1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1532.68 nm +/-CHIRP NTCA07NQ A0799005 1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1533.47 nm +/-CHIRP NTCA07FP A0798955 1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1534.25 nm +/-CHIRP NTCA07FQ A0799006 1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1535.04 nm +/-CHIRP NTCA07GP A0798970 1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1535.82 nm +/-CHIRP NTCA07GQ A0799007 1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1536.61 nm +/-CHIRP NTCA07PP A0798972 1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1537.40 nm +/-CHIRP NTCA07PQ A0799008 1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1538.19 nm +/-CHIRP NTCA07QP A0798975 1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1538.98 nm +/-CHIRP NTCA07QQ A0799009 1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1539.77 nm +/-CHIRP NTCA07RP A0799030 1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1540.56 nm +/-CHIRP NTCA07RQ A0799010 1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1541.35 nm +/-CHIRP MOR Plus SPARE

NTCA07HP A0798977 1,2,3,5,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1542.14 nm +/-CHIRP NTCA07HQ A0799011 1,2,3,6,7,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1542.94 nm +/-CHIRP NTCA07SP A0798978 1,2,3,6,7,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1543.73 nm +/-CHIRP NTCA07SQ A0799012 1,2,3,6,7,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1544.53 nm +/-CHIRP NTCA07BP A0798979 1,2,3,6,7,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1545.32 nm +/-CHIRP NTCA07BQ A0799013 1,2,3,6,7,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1546.12 nm +/-CHIRP1600G SPARE

NTCA07TP A0798981 1,2,3,6,7,8,9,10,11,12

10G AM2 WT 1546.92 nm +/-CHIRP NTCA07TQ A0799014 1,2,3,6,7,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1547.72 nm +/-CHIRP NTCA07UP A0798983 1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

—continued—




10G AM2 WT 1548.52 nm +/-CHIRP NTCA07UQ A0799015 1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1549.32 nm +/-CHIRP NTCA07JP A0798985 1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1550.12 nm +/-CHIRP NTCA07JQ A0799016 1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1550.92 nm +/-CHIRP NTCA07VP A0798986 1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1551.72 nm +/-CHIRP NTCA07VQ A0799017 1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1552.52 nm +/-CHIRP NTCA07KP A0798988 1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1553.33 nm +/-CHIRP NTCA07KQ A0799018 1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1554.13 nm +/-CHIRP NTCA07WP A0798989 1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1554.94 nm +/-CHIRP NTCA07WQ A0799019 1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1555.75 nm +/-CHIRP NTCA07XP A0798991 1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1556.56 nm +/-CHIRP NTCA07XQ A0799020 1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1557.36 nm +/-CHIRP NTCA07LP A0798992 1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1558.17 nm +/-CHIRP NTCA07LQ A0799021 1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1558.98 nm +/-CHIRP NTCA07YP A0798994 1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1559.79 nm +/-CHIRP NTCA07YQ A0799022 1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1560.61 nm +/-CHIRP, SPARE MOR Plus

NTCA07ZP A0798996 1,2,3,4,6,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1561.42 nm +/-CHIRP NTCA07ZQ A0799023 1,2,3,6,7,8,9,10,12

10G AM2 WT 1562.23 nm +/-CHIRP NTCA07CP A0798997 1,2,3,6,7,8,9,10,12

Table 6-10OPTera Long Haul 1600 10G WT open optical interface, C-Band Grid 1 (continued)




Table 6-11OPTera Long Haul 1600 OC-192/STM-64 XR regenerator interface, C-Band Grid 1


OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1528.77 nm +/- CHIRP NTCA04MP A0797251 1,2,3,6,10

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1529.55 nm +/- CHIRP NTCA04MQ A0797279 1,2,3,6,10

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1530.33 nm +/- CHIRP NTCA04EP A0797252 1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1531.12 nm +/- CHIRP NTCA04EQ A0797280 1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1531.90 nm +/- CHIRP NTCA04NP A0797253 1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1532.68 nm +/- CHIRP NTCA04NQ A0797281 1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1533.47 nm +/- CHIRP NTCA04FP A0797254 1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1534.25 nm +/- CHIRP NTCA04FQ A0797282 1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1535.04 nm +/- CHIRP NTCA04GP A0797255 1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1535.82 nm +/- CHIRP NTCA04GQ A0797283 1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1536.61 nm +/- CHIRP NTCA04PP A0797256 1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1537.40 nm +/- CHIRP NTCA04PQ A0797284 1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1538.19 nm +/- CHIRP NTCA04QP A0797257 1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1538.98 nm +/- CHIRP NTCA04QQ A0797285 1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1539.77 nm +/- CHIRP NTCA04RP A0797258 1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1540.56 nm +/- CHIRP NTCA04RQ A0797286 1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1541.35 nm +/- CHIRPMOR Plus SPARE

NTCA04HP A0797259 1,2,3,5,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1542.14 nm +/- CHIRP NTCA04HQ A0797287 1,2,3,6,7,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1542.94 nm +/- CHIRP NTCA04SP A0797260 1,2,3,6,7,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1543.73 nm +/- CHIRP NTCA04SQ A0797288 1,2,3,6,7,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1544.53 nm +/- CHIRP NTCA04BP A0797261 1,2,3,6,7,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1545.32 nm +/- CHIRP NTCA04BQ A0797289 1,2,3,6,7,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1546.12 nm +/- CHIRP 1600G SPARE

NTCA04TP A0797262 1,2,3,6,7,8,9,10,11,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1546.92 nm +/- CHIRP NTCA04TQ A0797290 1,2,3,6,7,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1547.72 nm +/- CHIRP NTCA04UP A0797263 1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

—continued—



OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1548.52 nm +/- CHIRP NTCA04UQ A0797292 1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1549.32 nm +/- CHIRP NTCA04JP A0797264 1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1550.12 nm +/- CHIRP NTCA04JQ A0797293 1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1550.92 nm +/- CHIRP NTCA04VP A0797266 1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1551.72 nm +/- CHIRP NTCA04VQ A0797294 1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1552.52 nm +/- CHIRP NTCA04KP A0797267 1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1553.33 nm +/- CHIRP NTCA04KQ A0797295 1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1554.13 nm +/- CHIRP NTCA04WP A0797269 1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1554.94 nm +/- CHIRP NTCA04WQ A0797297 1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1555.75 nm +/- CHIRP NTCA04XP A0797270 1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1556.56 nm +/- CHIRP NTCA04XQ A0797298 1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1557.36 nm +/- CHIRP NTCA04LP A0797272 1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1558.17 nm +/- CHIRP NTCA04LQ A0797299 1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1558.98 nm +/- CHIRP NTCA04YP A0797273 1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1559.79 nm +/- CHIRP NTCA04YQ A0797300 1,2,3,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1560.61 nm +/- CHIRPMOR Plus SPARE

NTCA04ZP A0797274 1,2,3,4,6,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1561.42 nm +/- CHIRP NTCA04ZQ A0797301 1,2,3,6,7,8,9,10,12

OC-192/STM-64 AM2 XR 1562.23 nm +/- CHIRP NTCA04CP A0797276 1,2,3,6,7,8,9,10,12

Table 6-11OPTera Long Haul 1600 OC-192/STM-64 XR regenerator interface, C-Band Grid 1 (continued)




Engineering rules1 In a DWDM environment, MOR Plus amplifiers support up to 32

traffic-carrying wavelengths at one time. These 32 wavelengths include 16 wavelengths in the red spectrum (between 1547.5 nm and 1561.0 nm), and 16 wavelengths in the blue spectrum (between 1528.4 nm and 1542.5 nm). MOR Plus amplifiers also support 2 recommended spare wavelengths (1541.35 nm and 1560.61 nm).

2 Use this transmitter with DWDM couplers and MOR circuit packs.

3 This transmitter supports both positive chirp and negative chirp. The chirp is provisionable. Table 6-12 shows the rules for selecting chirp polarity.

4 Nortel Networks has selected this transmitter to be the spare wavelength for the RED optical band signals. For more information about the DWDM wavelength allocation plan, see OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTPs.

5 Nortel Networks has selected this transmitter to be the spare wavelength for the BLUE optical band signals. For more information about the DWDM wavelength allocation plan, see OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTPs.

6 Order two optical connector adapters of the required type for each adapterless T/R circuit pack. See Table 6-13 for ordering codes and engineering rules for each type of optical connector adapter.

7 These wavelengths are not supported with the 32-λ MOR Plus software.

8 The OPTera Long Haul 1600 platform is scalable to 1.6 Tbit/s (160 bidirectional wavelengths at 10 Gbit/s in the L- and C-Band). The first product offering (OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 3) supports up to 40 unidirectional C-Band wavelengths. The labels Red and Blue band (used in the MOR/MOR Plus systems) do not apply to OPTera Long Haul 1600 systems.

9 Use this transmitter in conjunction with DWDM couplers and OPTera Long Haul 1600 circuit packs.

10 This transmitter supports both positive chirp and negative chirp. The chirp is provisionable.

11 Nortel Networks has selected this transmitter to be the spare wavelength for the C-Band Grid 1 wavelengths. Use this wavelength to replace a failed C-Band Grid 1 transmitter. For more information about the DWDM wavelength allocation plan, see the OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTPs.

12 Order one optical connector adapter of the required type for each adapterless circuit pack. See Table 6-13 for ordering codes and engineering rules for each type of optical connector adapter.



Table 6-12Rules for selecting chirp polarity

Fiber type(see Note1)

Net Link Dispersion Required transmitter chirp

NDSF (see Note 2) positive negative chirp, except around 1310 nm, where it is always

positive

DSF positive or negative (see Note 3 and Note 4)

see Note 2

SMF-LS™ (λ0 > 1560 nm)

negative (see Note 5) positive chirp

TrueWave™(λ0 < 1530 nm)

positive (see Note 6) negative chirp

Note 1: NDSF= non-dispersion shifted fiber, DSF = dispersion-shifted fiber, λ0 = fiber’s zero dispersion wavelength (wavelength at which dispersion is zero).

Note 2: For NDSF fiber, the dispersion in the window of interest is typical in the 17 ps/nm x km (this varies as a function of signal wavelength, fiber slope and λ0) range.

Note 3: Standard DSF fiber has a λ0 of 1557.5 ± 12.5 nm (i.e. 1544.5 nm to 1569.5 nm). A transmitter at 1533 ± 2.5 nm will always see negative dispersion, whereas a transmitter at 1557 ± 2.5 nm may see positive or negative dispersion. The DSF fiber dispersion slope is typically in the 0.08 ps/nm x km2 (this varies as a function of signal wavelength, fiber slope and λ0) range.

Note 4: Use the fiber manufacturer data to determine the sign of dispersion for the system at the signal wavelength (λ0) employed.

Note 5: SMF-LSTM fiber has a λ0 > 1560 nm, therefore, dispersion for a transmitter at 1557 nm or 1533 nm will always be negative.

Note 6: TrueWaveΤΜ fiber has a λ0 < 1530 nm, therefore dispersion for a transmitter at 1557 nm or 1533 nm will always be positive.



Multiwavelength optical repeater (MOR) Plus and Optical Service Channel (OSC) circuit packs

Table 6-13 lists the MOR Plus and the 1625 nm OSC circuit packs. Install the MOR Plus and the OSC circuit packs in the main transport shelf of an OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater bay.

Engineering rules1 If you use a Repeater bay configured as a line amplifier site to install this

circuit pack, install the circuit pack in slots 1 to 4 of the main transport shelf.

2 This circuit pack supports optical service channel (OSC) functionality.

3 This circuit pack does not support OSC functionality.

4 Use full-height filler circuit packs (NTCA49AA) when the slots allocated to this unit are left empty.

5 Bidirectional OSC functionality between MOR Plus sites is only available when you use either a pair of this circuit pack, or when you use a pair of this circuit pack and 1625 nm OSC circuit pack (NTCA11CK). For more information about shelf layout and equipping rules for MOR circuit packs, see the OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTPs.

6 A line site configuration requires a pair of MOR Plus circuit packs (Blue Pre/Red Post and Red Pre/Blue Post) and a pair of 1625 nm OSC circuit packs, if applicable. For more information about shelf layout and equipping rules for MOR Plus circuit packs, see the OPTera Long Haul 1600 NTPs.

Table 6-13MOR Plus and Optical Service Channel (OSC) circuit packs


Adapterless MOR Plus with blue-pre/red-post amplifier with OSC

NTCA11NK A0744560 1,2,4,5,6,7

Adapterless MOR Plus with red-pre/blue-post amplifier with OSC

NTCA11PK A0744563 1,2,4,5,6,7

Adapterless MOR Plus with blue-pre/red-post amplifier without OSC

NTCA11JK A0744562 1,3,4,6,7

Adapterless MOR Plus with red-pre/blue-post amplifier without OSC

NTCA11KK A0744564 1,3,4,6,7

Adapterless 1625 nm Optical Service Channel (OSC) NTCA11CK A0744559 1,2,4,5,6,7



7 Order three optical connector adapters of the required type for each adapterless MOR Plus circuit pack and two optical connector adapters for each OSC circuit pack. See Table 6-13 for ordering codes and engineering rules for each type of optical connector adapter.

Note: For the 1625 nm OSC used with the MOR Plus, one of the two ports is not used. The unused port requires an optical connector adapter and a termination plug.

Optical connector adapter kitRefer to Table 6-13 for lists of all the optical connector adapters that are available to customers. You must order these adapters with all new adapterless circuit packs.

Engineering rules1 This item includes one optical connector adapter. Order one optical

connector adapter of the required type for each adapterless OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater WT or XR port. Order three optical connector adapters of the required type for each MOR Plus circuit pack. Order two optical connector adapters of the required type for the 1625 nm OSC circuit pack.

2 Order one or two fiber-optic adapter as spare for each OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater network element. Ordering is based on customer requirement.

3 These connector adaptor kits come taped inside the dense fiber management drawers, ready for installation. Order as replacement parts.

Table 6-14Optical connector adapter kits


Single SC-FC adapter NTCC99AA A0742093 1,2,3

Single SC-ST adapter NTCC99AB A0742094 1,2,3

Single SC-SC adapter NTCC99AC A0742095 1,2,3



Common equipment circuit packsAll common equipment circuit packs are equipped in the OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater control shelf. Refer to Table 6-15 for all ordering codes and applicable engineering rules.

Engineering rules 1 You must order two breaker/filter modules (A and B) and equip them in

slots 1 and 2 of the OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater control shelf for redundant −48V. The two breaker/filter modules are not included when the mechanical bay assembly (NTCA89GA/GB/GC) is ordered.

2 One 32 Meg shelf controller (SC) is required in the OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater control shelf. The SC is equipped in slot 6.

3 One 128 Meg maintenance interface (MI) is required in the OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater control shelf. The MI is equipped in slot 9.

4 Each OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater software release has its own unique PEC that can be used to identify the release on the commissioning MI. For new installation, make sure that you order the MI circuit pack with this commissioning MI software load.

5 One message exchange (MX) circuit pack is required for each OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater network element. The MX t is equipped in slot 10 of the control shelf. A second protection circuit pack is optional and can be installed in slot 11.

Table 6-15OPTera Long Haul 1600 common equipment circuit packs


Breaker/filter module NTCA40BA A0762739 1

32 Meg Shelf controller NTCA41CA A0681810 2

128 Meg Maintenance interface NTCA42BA A0741120 3,4

Commissioning MI software load for Rel 1.2 NTCA61AB0102 - 4

Commissioning MI software load for Rel 1.5 NTCA61AE0102 - 4

Message exchange NTCA48AA A0628463 5

Parallel telemetry NTCA45AA A0628466 6

Orderwire NTCA47AA A0657037 7

Partitioned OPC controller NTCA50BA A0785203 8,9

Partitioned OPC storage NTCA51AA A0647458 8,9

OPC interface NTCA52AA A0647459 8,9

OPC removable media (122 Meg) NTCA53BA A0741121 8,9,10



6 Both parallel telemetry circuit packs are optional. When equipped, the working circuit pack is located in slot 13 and the protection circuit pack is located in slot 14 of the OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater control shelf.

7 The orderwire (OW) circuit pack is optional and can be installed in slot 15 of an OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater control shelf. Depending on the configuration you choose, order the orderwire circuit pack with MOR Plus circuit packs. For more information about orderwire functionality and equipping rules, refer to “Orderwire” on page 3-2.

Note: In Repeater configurations, the orderwire uses the MOR Plus circuit packs in slots 1, 2, 3, and 4 of the main transport shelf for its functionality.

8 The OPC storage (including the removable media), OPC controller and OPC interface are available in Releases 1.2/1.5. When installed in the main control shelf, the OPC storage, OPC controller and OPC interface can be used as primary or backup OPCs for the OPTera Long Haul 1600 network element and for other NEs in the same span of control.

9 When equipped, the OPC storage is a double-slot width circuit pack and it is installed in slot 3 and 4 of the control shelf. The OPC controller is installed in slot 5 of the control shelf. The OPC interface is installed in slot 12 of the control shelf.

10 The NTCA53BA flash cartridge requires the NTCA50BA OPC controller.



Common equipment building blocksBuilding blocks simplify the configuration and ordering process for OPTera Long Haul 1600 Releases 1.2 and 1.5. Each building block groups specific configurations, ordering codes, and equipping rules into one code. In general, each building block kit (recognized by its “NTZP” ordering code) provides a specific block of functionality for a network element (NE). Building blocks minimize the number of the ordering codes that you must use.

Refer to Table 6-16 for building block ordering information for the OPTera Long Haul 1600 common equipment for both Release 1.2 and Release 1.5.

Engineering rule1 Order this building block code for repeater configurations. This code

provides the following circuit packs:

— two breaker/filter module circuit packs (NTCA40BA)

— one MX circuit pack (NTCA48AA)

— one 32 Mbytes SC circuit pack (NTCA41CA)

Filler circuit packsThe OPTera Long Haul 1600 filler circuit packs have two distinct purposes. In the main shelf and the extension shelf they are required to ensure correct cooling. In the control shelf they are required to protect against electromagnetic interference (EMI) emissions. Refer to Table 6-17 for ordering information for filler circuit packs in an OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay.

Engineering rules 1 This item is mandatory in all unequipped full-height single slots of the

OPTera Long Haul 1600 main shelf and the OPTera Long Haul 1600 extension shelves regardless of the configuration.

2 This item is mandatory in all unequipped slots of the control shelf.

Table 6-16OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2 adn 1.5 common equipment building blocks

Description PEC CPC Rule

OPTera Long Haul 1600 Control ShelfCommon Equipment Circuit Packs

NTYP23AA A0808230 1

Table 6-17OPTera Long Haul 1600 filler circuit packs


Main and extension shelf filler circuit pack (single slot) NTCA49AA A0635862 1

Control shelf filler circuit pack (single slot, 1 in.) NTCA59AA A0637773 2



Optical cablesOptical cabling is available in variable lengths, equipped with FC or SC connectors. Patchcords are equipped with connectors at both ends, while pigtails are equipped with connectors at one end only.

Both patchcords and pigtails can be ordered equipped with miniature variable optical attenuators (mVOAs).

Optical cables must be ordered based on customer requirements. Refer to Table 6-18 for ordering information for optical cables without mVOAs. Refer to Table 6-19 ordering information for optical cables with mVOAs.

Table 6-18Optical cables without mVOAs


SM optical patchcord 5 m (16 ft) (ST) NT7E46CA A0351090 1, 2

SM optical patchcord 10 m (33 ft) (ST) NT7E46CB A0351100 1, 2

SM optical patchcord 15 m (49 ft) (ST) NT7E46CC A0351101 1, 2

SM optical patchcord 20 m (66 ft) (ST) NT7E46CD A0351102 1, 2

SM optical patchcord 30 m (98 ft) (ST) NT7E46CE A0388573 1, 2

SM optical patchcord 5 m (16 ft) (FC) NT7E46GA A0665771 1, 2

SM optical patchcord 10 m (33 ft) (FC) NT7E46GB A0665772 1, 2

SM optical patchcord 15 m (49 ft) (FC) NT7E46GC A0665773 1, 2

SM optical patchcord 20 m (66 ft) (FC) NT7E46GD A0665774 1, 2

SM optical patchcord 30 m (98 ft) (FC) NT7E46GE A0665775 1, 2

SM optical patchcord 5 m (16 ft) (SC) NT7E46HA A0665776 1, 2

SM optical patchcord 10 m (33 ft) (SC) NT7E46HB A0665777 1, 2

SM optical patchcord 15 m (49 ft) (SC) NT7E46HC A0665778 1, 2

SM optical patchcord 20 m (66 ft) (SC) NT7E46HD A0665779 1, 2

SM optical patchcord 30 m (98 ft) (SC) NT7E46HE A0665780 1, 2

SM optical pigtail 20 m (66 ft) (ST) NT7E48CA A0371187 1,3

SM optical pigtail 20 m (66 ft) (FC) NT7E48BA A0365308 1, 3

SM optical pigtail 20 m (66 ft) (SC) NT7E48FA A0408384 1, 3

SM optical patch cord 1ft (0.3048 m) (FC) A0785133 A0785133 2, 4

SM optical patch cord 1m (3.3 ft) (FC) A0704489 A0704489 2, 4

SM optical patch cord 2 m (6.6 ft) (FC) A0704456 A0704456 2, 4

SM optical patch cord 1 ft (0.3048 m) (SC) A0773231 A0773231 2, 4

SM optical patchcord 1 m (3.3 ft) (SC) A0704477 A0704477 2, 4

SM optical patch cord 2 m (6.6 ft) (SC) A0704543 A0704543 2, 4



Engineering rules 1 Optical patchcords and pigtails without mVOAs are to be used with the

transmit interface of OPTera Long Haul 1600 circuit packs. They can only be used with the receive interface of OPTera Long Haul 1600 circuit packs if the optical link budget does not exceed the maximum receive optical level allowed for that type of receive interface.

2 The connectors equipped on these optical cables are specified to be tuned. These tuned connectors are recommended to be used for all OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater high-speed links and on line amplified applications.

3 The connectors equipped on these optical cables are not specified to be tuned.

4 These patchcords should be used for connections between circuit packs and shelves on the same bay to minimize patch cord slack storage.

Table 6-19Optical cables equipped with mVOAs


SM optical patchcord with mVOA 5 m (16 ft) (ST) NT7E47EA A0379304 1, 2

SM optical patchcord with mVOA 10 m (33 ft) (ST) NT7E47GB A0665782 1, 2

SM optical patchcord with mVOA 15 m (49 ft) (ST) NT7E47GC A0665784 1, 2

SM optical patchcord with mVOA 20 m (66 ft) (ST) NT7E47GD A0665785 1, 2

SM optical patchcord with mVOA 30 m (98 ft) (ST) NT7E47GE A0665786 1, 2

SM optical patchcord with mVOA 5 m (16 ft) (FC) NT7E47GA A0665781 1, 2

SM optical patchcord with mVOA 10 m (33 ft) (FC) NT7E47GB A0665782 1, 2

SM optical patchcord with mVOA 15 m (49 ft) (FC) NT7E47GC A0665784 1, 2

SM optical patchcord with mVOA 20 m (66 ft) (FC) NT7E47GD A0665785 1, 2

SM optical patchcord with mVOA 30 m (98 ft) (FC) NT7E47GE A0665786 1, 2

SM optical patchcord with mVOA 5 m (16 ft) (SC) NT7E47HA A0665787 1, 2

SM optical patchcord with mVOA 10 m (33 ft) (SC) NT7E47HB A0665788 1, 2

SM optical patchcord with mVOA 15 m (49 ft) (SC) NT7E47HC A0665789 1, 2

SM optical patchcord with mVOA 20 m (66 ft) (SC) NT7E47HD A0665790 1, 2

SM optical patchcord with mVOA 30 m (98 ft) (SC) NT7E47HE A0665791 1, 2

SM optical pigtail with mVOA 20m (66 ft) (ST) NT7E49CA A0371188 1, 3

SM optical pigtail with mVOA 20 m (66 ft) (FC) NT7E49BA A0365416 1, 3

SM optical pigtail with mVOA 20 m (66 ft) (SC) NT7E49FA A0408395 1, 3



Engineering rules 1 Optical patchcords and pigtails equipped with mVOAs are to be used with

the receive interface of OPTera Long Haul 1600 circuit packs when the optical link budget exceeds the maximum receive optical level allowed for that type of receive interface.

2 The connectors equipped on these optical cables are specified to be tuned. These tuned connectors are recommended to be used for all OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater high-speed links and on line amplified applications.

3 The connectors equipped on these optical cables are not specified to be tuned.

User interface cablesUser interface cables are required to connect equipment such as VT100 terminals to the RS-232 interfaces on the local craft access panel (LCAP) and maintenance interface (MI). Refer to Table 6-20 for ordering information for user interface cables.

Engineering rules 1 This cable is used to connect an external modem to the RS-232 user

interface located on the maintenance interface. Also, VT100-compatible terminal or a printer can be connected to the RS-232 user interface located on the maintenance interface using the null-modem cable adapter with this cable.

2 This cable is used as an adapter in conjunction with NTCC90EB to connect the RS-232 user interface located on the LCAP to an external modem.

3 This cable is used to connect a VT100-compatible terminal or a printer to the RS-232 user interface located on the LCAP. Also, modem can be connected to the RS-232 user interface located on the LCAP using the null-modem cable adapter with this cable.

Table 6-20User interface cables and adapters


9/25-pin user interface modem access cable (65 ft) NTCC8930 A0647273 1

25/25-pin user interface modem access cable (1 foot) NTCC90DA A0674756 2

25/25-pin user interface cable 5 m (16 ft) NT7E44FA A0365240 3

25/25-pin user interface cable 20 m (66 ft) NT7E44FB A0465386 3

9/25-pin user interface cable 5 m (16 ft) NT7E44EA A0365239 4

9/25-pin user interface cable 20 m (66 ft) NT7E44EB A0365485 4

Null-modem cable adapter 25/25-pin NT7E44MA A0375305 1, 3



4 This cable is used to connect a VT-100 compatible terminal to the RS-232 interface located on the maintenance interface faceplate.

Ethernet cablesEthernet cables are required for Ethernet connections between OPTera Long Haul 1600 systems or between the operations controller (OPC) and an X-terminal or Ethernet LAN. Refer to Table 6-21 for ordering information for Ethernet cables.

Engineering rules 1 This cable is required to connect the two OPTera Long Haul 1600

maintenance interfaces (MI) together for data communications channel (DCC) bridging applications.

2 This cable is required to connect the OPTera Long Haul 1600 MI to the Ethernet LAN.

3 This cable is required to connect an OPTera Long Haul 1600 MI to an X-terminal. Also, it can be used to connect the OPC interface (located in the OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater bay) to an X-terminal.

Table 6-21Ethernet cables


Multiple shelf LAN cable 20 m (65 ft.) – OPTera Long Haul 1600 MI to OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater MI

NTCC8927 A0647270 1

Ethernet cable 20m (65 ft.) - OPTera Long Haul 1600 MI to Ethernet LAN

NTCC90BA A0674754 2

Ethernet cable 20m (65 ft.) - OPTera Long Haul 1600 MI to X-terminal

NTCC90CA A0674755 3



OPC cablesThe OPC is located in the control shelf (slots 3/4, slot 5 and slot 12) of the OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay. All external communication cables are connected to the OPC interface (slot 12). Refer to Table 6-22 for information about cables needed to connect the OPC interface to external devices or Ethernet LAN.

Engineering rules1 Order this cable to connect an external modem to a synchronous RS-232

OPC interface.

2 Order this cable to connect an external modem to an asynchronous RS-232 OPC interface. You can also use this cable to connect the RS-232 user interface located on the LCAP to a VT100 compatible terminal.

3 Order this cable as an adapter in conjunction with NTCC90EB to connect the OPC interface to a terminal. Also, you can use this cable in conjunction with NTCC8930 to connect the MI to a terminal.

4 Order this cable to connect the OPC interface to the Ethernet LAN.

Table 6-22OPC cables


9/25-pin OPC interface to an external modem 20 m (66 ft) NTCC90HA A0681317 1

25/25-pin OPC interface to an external modem (65 ft) NTCC90EB A0674758 2

25/25-pin OPC terminal adapter cable (1 foot) NTCC90GA A0681316 3

9-pin OPC interface to Ethernet LAN 20 m (66 ft) NTCC90BA A0674754 4

9-pin OPC interface to Ethernet LAN 20 m (131 ft) NTCC90BB A0685908 4



Parallel telemetry cablesInput and output telemetry cables shown in Table 6-23 are required to establish the connections between the parallel telemetry (PT) circuit pack and external equipment.

Engineering rules 1 These cables are required to connect the telemetry inputs and outputs when

PT circuit packs are equipped in the bay.

2 The telemetry termination block for this cable is the stranded type.

3 The telemetry termination block for this cable is the solid type.

Orderwire cablesUse the cables shown in Table 6-24 to extend the orderwire (OW) capabilities.

Engineering rules1 The VF-300 cable links the OW channel between OPTera Long Haul 1600

NEs in a synchronous optical network (SONET). Also, you can use this cable to link the OW channel between OPTera Long Haul 1600 NEs in different spans of control.

2 This cable is required to bridge the OW communication channels to the public switched telephone network (PSTN). Orderwire PSTN functionality is not supported in SDH applications.

Table 6-23Parallel telemetry cables


Parallel telemetry input cable assembly 20 m (66 ft) NTCC8928 A0647271 1

44-pin parallel telemetry input cable assembly, solid 20m (66 ft)

NTCC8933 A0666923 1,3

25-pin parallel telemetry output cable assembly, stranded 20m (66 ft)

NTCC8934 A0666924 1,2

Parallel telemetry output cable assembly 20 m (66 ft) NTCC8929 A0647272 1

Table 6-24Orderwire cables


9/9-pin orderwire interface VF300 cable assembly (65 ft) NTCC8945 A0661946 1

9/9-pin orderwire PSTN cable assembly (65 ft) NTCC90FA A0674759 2



Miscellaneous cablesRefer to Table 6-25 for information about the power jumper cables required for the single feed power configuration.

Engineering rules1 This cable is used to convert an OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay frame to a

single power feed for each battery. Nine jumper cables are included in the kit.

2 This cable is used to convert an OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay frame to a single power feed for each battery. This cable must be used for replacement only.

Software loadsA software load contains all applications, features and utilities offered for a specific OPTera Long Haul 1600 software release. One software load is required for each OPTera Long Haul 1600 system. Software licenses are required to unlock applications, features and utilities. Refer to Table 6-26 for ordering information for software loads.

Table 6-25Miscellaneous cables


Power jumper cables kit for single feed configuration (9 jumper cables)

NTCA8947 A0670190 1

Power jumper cable for single feed configuration (one jumper cable)

NTCA8946 A0669058 2

Table 6-26Software loads

Description PEC CPC

OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2 superset code NTCA61AB A0794660

OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.5 superset code NTCA61AE A0794659



Software licensesA software license is associated with each application, feature and utility contained in a software load. The software license allows the customer to unlock applications, features and utilities for a network element. Each license can only be applied to one network element at a time. If an application, feature, or utility is required in N network elements, the associated software licenses must be ordered N times. Refer to Table 6-27 for the ordering information for software licenses.

Software building blocksBuilding blocks simplify the configuration and ordering process for OPTera Long Haul 1600 Releases 1.2 and 1.5. Each building block groups specific configurations, ordering codes, and equipping rules into one code. In general, each building block kit (recognized by its “NTZP” ordering code) provides a specific block of functionality for a network element (NE). Building blocks minimize the number of the ordering codes that you must use.

Note: OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.5 must be ordered instead of Release 1.2. In addition to new functionality, Release 1.5 includes all the functionality of Release 1.2.

Table 6-27Software licenses

Description PEC CPC

OPTera Long Haul 1600 application – Regen/Combiner/Translators NTCA62DB A0783734

OPTera Long Haul 1600 utility – section performance monitoring NTCA62EA A0648883

OPTera Long Haul 1600 TL1 interface (Note 1) NTCA62BA A0648886

OPTera Long Haul 1600 application - Line Amp/Pre/Post/Stand Alone bay (see Note 2)

NTCA62DA A0678839

Power Optimizer software feature (Note 3) NTCA62FM A0732407

Software upgrade feature NTCA62FJ A0720049

Web-based User Interface feature (Note 4) NTCA62FK A0720050

Note 1: TL1 OAM remote management support provided for SONET market only.

Note 2: This software license is only necessary when the OPTera Long Haul 1600 bay is deployed as Pre/Post or line amplifier.

Note 3: This software license is necessary when this software feature is used for system line up and testing of DWDM amplified links. Order one license for each NE.

Note 4: The web-based user interface (WUI) feature is provided for SONET market only.



OPTera Long Haul 1600 maintenance interface and software loadRefer to Table 6-28 for the building block ordering information for the OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2 maintenance interface (MI) and the OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2 software load.

Engineering rule1 Order this building block when you use the OPTera Long Haul 1600

system for Release 1.2. This code provides the following circuit pack and software load:

— one MI circuit pack (NTCA42BA)

— one OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2 software load (NTCA61AB)

Refer to Table 6-29 for the building block ordering information for the OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.5 maintenance interface (MI) and the OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.5 software load.


system for Release 1.5. This code provides the following circuit pack and software load:

— one MI circuit pack (NTCA42BA)

— one OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.5 software load (NTCA61AE)

Table 6-28OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2 MI and software load building block


OPTera Long Haul 1600 MI SW Release 1.2 NTZP17BA A0795358 1

Table 6-29OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.5 MI and software load building block


OPTera Long Haul 1600 MI SW Release 1.5 NTZP17BB A0801113 1



OPTera Long Haul 1600 operations controller and software load building block

Refer to Table 6-30 for the building block ordering information for the Release 1.2 operations controller (OPC) and the Release 1.2 software load.


system for Release 1.2. This building block includes the following circuit packs and software loads:

— one partitioned OPC (NTCA50BA)

— one OPC storage (NTCA51AA)

— one OPC interface (NTCA52AA)

— one OPC removable flash cartridge (NTCA53BA)

— two OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2 software loads (NTCA61AB); one for the OPC storage module and one for the OPC removable flash cartridge

Refer to Table 6-31 for the building block ordering information for the Release 1.5 operations controller (OPC) and the Release 1.5 software load.


system for Release 1.5. This building block includes the following circuit packs and software loads:

— one partitioned OPC (NTCA50BA)

— one OPC storage (NTCA51AA)

— one OPC interface (NTCA52AA)

— one OPC removable flash cartridge (NTCA53BA)

— two Release 1.5 software loads (NTCA61AE); one for the OPC storage module and one for the OPC removable flash cartridge

Table 6-30OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2 OPC and software load kit building block


OPTera Long Haul 1600 SW Release 1.2 OPC Kit NTZP17AA A0795357 1

Table 6-31OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.5 OPC and software load kit building block


OPTera Long Haul 1600 SW Release 1.5 OPC Kit NTZP17AB A0801111 1



OPTera Long Haul 1600 software load on tapeRefer to Table 6-32 for the building block ordering information for the OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2 software load on tape.


system for Release 1.2. This building block includes the following circuit packs and software load:

— one 4 mm magnetic tape cartridge (NT7E24TA)


Refer to Table 6-33 for the building block ordering information for the OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.5 software load on tape.


system for Release 1.5. This building block includes the following circuit packs and software load:

— one 4 mm magnetic tape cartridge (NT7E24TA)


Table 6-32OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2 software load on tape building block


OPTera Long Haul 1600 SW Release 1.2 on tape NTZP17CA A0808233 1

Table 6-33OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.5 software load on tape building block


OPTera Long Haul 1600 SW Release 1.5 on tape NTZP17CB A0808239 1



OPTera Long Haul 1600 storage module and software load Refer to Table 6-34 for the building block ordering information for the OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2 storage module and the Release 1.2 software load.


system for Release 1.2 on a storage module. This building block includes the following:

— one OPC storage module (NTCA51AA)


Refer to Table 6-35 for the building block ordering information for the OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.5 storage module and the Release 1.5 software load.


system for Release 1.5 on a storage module. This building block includes the following:

— one OPC storage module (NTCA51AA)


Table 6-34OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2 storage module and software load building block


OPTera Long Haul 1600 SW Release 1.2 OPC Storage Module

NTZP17DA A0808235 1

Table 6-35OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.5 storage module and software load building block


OPTera Long Haul 1600 SW Release 1.5 OPCStorage Module

NTZP17DB A0808240 1



OPTera Long Haul 1600 flash cartridge with software load Refer to Table 6-36 for the building block ordering information for the OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2 software load supplied on an OPC flash cartridge.


system for Release 1.2 on a flash cartridge. This building block includes the following:

— one OPC flash cartridge (NTCA53BA)


Refer to Table 6-37 for the building block ordering information for the OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.5 software load supplied on an OPC flash cartridge.


system for Release 1.5 on a flash cartridge. This building block includes the following:

— one OPC flash cartridge (NTCA53BA)


Table 6-36OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2 flash cartridge and software load building block


OPTera Long Haul 1600 SW Release 1.2 Flash cartridge module

NTZP17EA A0808237 1

Table 6-37OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.5 flash cartridge and software load building block


OPTera Long Haul 1600 SW Release 1.5 Flash cartridge module

NTZP17EB A0808242 1


7-1

Engineering documentation 7-Nortel Networks Technical Publication (NTP) packages

Nortel Networks Technical Publications (NTPs) shown in Table 7-1 are available on paper and on CD-ROM. Order based on your requirements. The paper version is available as a package containing all four volumes (complete library). The CD-ROM version provides the complete NTP library for a specific release.

Table 7-1Nortel Networks Technical Publications (NTP)

Description PEC CPC

OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2, 1.5 and 2 NTP Library - printed version (see Note 1)

NTCA65EA A0798568

OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.5 Optical Amplifier Shelf NTP Library - printed version (see Note 2)

NTCA65CA A0798567

OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.2, 1.5 and 2 NTP Library on CD-ROM NTCA64EA A0799047

OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.5 Optical Amplifier Shelf NTP Library on CD-ROM

NTCA64CA A0799046

Note 1: This NTP suite includes a Repeater Network Application Guide, a Combiner Network Application Guide, the MOR Plus Optical Add/Drop Applications Guide, the 200 GHz MOR/MOR Plus, 2- to 16-λ Optical Layer Applications Guide, the 100 GHz, MOR Plus, 2- to 32-λ Optical Layer Applications Guide, as well as all procedures and descriptions related to OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater and Combiner applications.

Note 2: This NTP suite provides procedures and descriptions related to the use of the Optical Amplifier Shelf (OAS) supported by OPTera Long Haul 1600 Release 1.5.


7-2 Engineering documentation

Network Manager documentationA user guide is available for each release of the Network Manager software. Table 7-2 shows ordering information for the network manager user guides. Order based on your requirements.

Preside documentationFor information about Preside documentation, refer to the Preside Ordering Guide or Preside Introduction book.

Change Application Procedures (CAPs)Change Application Procedures (CAPs) provide release-specific detailed procedures for upgrading software. CAPs ordering information shown in Table 7-3 are also issued to provide instructions about system upgrades and reconfigurations.

Table 7-2Network manager user guide

Description PEC CPC

INM Planning Guide Release 5.0.4 NTNM51XAAE B0256153

INM International Planning Guide Release 5.0.3 NTNM51UAAD B0256153

Network Manager Release 6.00 User Guide NTSE65FA A0659713

Network Manager Release 5.00 User Guide NTSE65EA A0639922

Optical Section view 2.0 Planning Guide TBD TBD

Optical Power Management Release 1.0 Planning Guide TBD TBD

Wavelength Path Management Release 1.0 TBD TBD

Table 7-3Change Application Procedures (CAPs)

Description PEC CPC

System software upgrade to OPTera Long Haul 1600 Rel. 1.5x NTY321AA A0803789

Upgrade backout from OPTera Long Haul 1600 Rel. 1.5x NTY325AA A0803790

System software upgrade to OPTera Long Haul 1600 Rel. 2.0x NTY322AA A0806963

Upgrade backout from OPTera Long Haul 1600 Rel. 2.0x NTY325AB A0806964


Engineering documentation 7-3

Application guides and additional documentationIn addition to the NTPs, other documentation is available to customers. Table 7-4 shows ordering information for application guides that provide a high-level overview of the OPTera Long Haul 1600 network elements.

Table 7-4OPTera Long Haul 1600 application guides and additional documentation

Description PEC CPC

Repeater Network Application Guide NTY311AX A0805698

Combiner Network Application Guide NTY312AX A0805699

Amplifier Network Application Guide NTY314AX A0810307

MOR Plus Optical Add/Drop Applications Guide NTY313DX A0793715

100 GHz MOR Plus, 2 to 32-λ Optical Layer Applications Guide NTY312DX A0793714

200 GHz MOR/MOR Plus, 2 to 16-λ Optical Layer Applications Guide NTY311DX A0793713

OPTera Long Haul 1600 Optical Layer Applications Guide NTY315DX A0810309


7-4 Engineering documentation


8-1

Technical support and information 8-

Technical Assistance Service

For problems that affect service• North America --- 800-275-3827 (800-ASK-ETAS)

• International --- 770-708-4985

For problems that do not affect service• North America --- 800-275-8726 (800-ASK-TRAN)

• International --- 770-708-4981

United Kingdom and EuropeIf your installation is located in the United Kingdom or mainland Europe, or is normally supported from the United Kingdom, refer to the following:

• United Kingdom

— Freephone: 0800 626 881

— Telephone: 020 8361 4693

— FAX: 020 8945 3456

• Europe

— Telephone: +44 20 8361 4693

— FAX: +44 20 8945 3456


8-2 Technical support and information


9-1

Index 9-
10G
off-ramp WT 2-11on-ramp 2-10thin SONET/SDH Regenerator WT 2-11WT circuit pack 5-16WT open optical interfaces 4-15

1600G Amplifier Network Application Guide, NTY311AX 1-16

1625 nm OSC 5-241625 nm OSC amplifier 4-23

G-naming and pairing boundaries 4-232.5G

DWDM WT 5-29off-ramp WT 2-11on-ramp WT 2-10thin SONET/SDH Regenerator WT 2-11WT circuit pack 5-16WT open optical interface 4-15

32M SC 3-73R transponder mode 2-864K NE ID 3-7

Aadapter kit, connector 6-21alarms 3-24amplifier

capacity 2-18MOR Plus 5-16MOR Plus amplifier support 2-14

applicationdense regenerator 2-13Wavelength Translator (WT) 2-8

applications 1-8autoprovisioning 3-1

Rep

BB1 byte provisioning functionality 3-22baseline, interworking 4-57bay

assembly 6-2configurations 4-32equipment 6-3

benefits 1-13high-quality service 1-15lowest cost per bit transport 1-13manageability 1-14maximum fiber utilization 1-13mid-stage access (MSA) 1-14multivendor product integration 1-14protection of previous investment 1-14revenue growth 1-15scalability 1-14service differentiation 1-15service flexibility 1-14survivability 1-15

breaker modules 4-4, 4-16building blocks

circuit pack10G WT 5-162.5G WT 5-16

common equipment 6-24dispersion compensation modules

(DCM) 5-17DWDM couplers 5-16, 5-17MOR Plus amplifier 5-16MOR Plus/1625 OSC amplifier 5-16OC192/STM64 XR circuit pack 5-16OPC and software load 6-34software 6-32

byte provisioning functionality, B1 3-22

eater Network Application Guide Rel 1.2 and 1.5

9-2 Index

Ccables

Ethernet 6-28miscellaneous 6-31OPC 6-29optical 6-25orderwire (OW) 6-30parallel telemetry (PT) 6-30user interface 6-27

capacity 2-17amplifier 2-18

change application procedures (CAP) 7-2circuit packs 4-11

2.5G WT 5-16common equipment 6-22control shelf 4-16filler card 4-15OC-192/STM-64 XR 5-16WT 4-23XR 4-23

CLUI 3-17overview 3-19

Combiner Network Application Guide, NTY311AX 1-16

common equipmentbuilding blocks 6-24circuit packs 6-22

communicationexternal 3-20, 4-56POPC and independent networks 4-20POPC and other NEs 4-19

concepts, general 2-5configuration, network 4-55connector adapter kit 6-21control shelf 4-12

breaker/filter module 4-16circuit packs 4-16maintenance interface (MI) 4-16message exchange (MX) 4-16

protection 4-17OPC controller (POPC-C) 4-17OPC interface (POPC-I) 4-17OPC storage (POPC-S) 4-17parallel telemetry (PT) 4-17shelf controller (SC) 4-16

couplers

OPTera Long Haul 1600 Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Stand

DWDM 5-16, 5-17, 6-9

DDCC

bridge 4-20external communications 3-20

DCM 5-17, 6-10dense regenerator application 2-13density, equipment 2-17deployment examples 4-28dispersion compensation modules

(DCM) 5-17, 6-10document overview 1-1documentation

additional documentation 7-3application guides 7-3CAP 7-2change application procedures (CAP) 7-2Network Manager 7-2NTPs 7-1Preside 7-2

DWDM2.5 WT 5-29couplers 5-16, 5-17, 6-9shelf assembly 6-8

EEFT 5-14electrical fast transient (EFT) 5-14electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) 5-12electrostatic discharge (ESD) 5-14EMC 5-12emissions 5-12engineering

documentation 7-1guidelines

SOC 3-6rules 4-1site engineering 5-2

environmental specifications 5-8equipment

density 2-17frame equipment 4-1

equipping rulessecond extension shelf 4-22

ESD 5-14

ard

Index 9-3

Ethernetcables 6-28DCC bridge 4-20

examples, deployment 4-28extension shelf, second, equipping rules 4-22external communications

DCC 3-20OSC 3-20

Ffeatures 1-16

affordable 1-3bandwidth 1-2capacity 1-18flexibility 1-3full SONET/SDH regeneration 1-17MOR Plus support 1-17network 2-1OADM 1-18OAM 3-1OAM&P 3-1OPC software 3-5open interfaces 1-17reliability 1-3summary 1-18transparency of services 1-17

fiberfiber management trays (FMT) 4-8guides 4-9management hardware 6-6

filler circuit packs 4-15, 6-24filter modules 4-4, 4-16flash cartridge with software load 6-37FMT 4-8frame accessories 6-4frame equipment 4-1

Gglobalization 2-18, 4-56G-naming and pairing boundaries 4-22

MOR Plus and 1625 nm amplifier 4-23

Hhardware

baseline 6-2fiber management 6-6

Rep

high-capacity transport networks 1-4

Iimmunity/susceptibility 5-13information, technical 8-1INM 3-7

limitations 4-55software features 3-7support 3-6

interfaceOC-192/STM-64 XR single

regenerator 4-15open optical 2-3

Internet provider (IP) service offerings 1-10Internet, optical, building 1-2interworking baseline 4-57introduction 1-1IP service offerings 1-10

Lleasing, wavelength 1-9level 2 connectivity 3-11licenses, software 6-32limitations 4-55

external communication 4-56INM 4-55network reconfiguration 4-55wavelength overlay deployment 4-56

Mmaintenance interface (MI)

control shelf 4-16maintenance interface and software load 6-33management

fiber management hardware 6-6fiber management trays (FMT) 4-8network 3-22

market evolution 1-4mechanical specifications 5-6message exchange (MX)

control shelf 4-16protection 4-17

MI 4-16MI and software loadI 6-33mid-stage access (MSA) 1-14miscellaneous 6-11


9-4 Index

cables 6-31modules

breaker/filter 4-4, 4-16MOR Plus

amplifier support 2-14multiwavelength optical repeater 6-20

MOR Plus amplifier 4-23, 5-16, 5-18G-naming and pairing boundaries 4-23MOR Plus/1625 OSC amplifier 5-16support 2-14

MSA 1-14MX 4-16, 4-17

Nnetwork

configuration 4-55features 2-1management 3-22

network application guide family, OPTera Long Haul 1600 1-15

Network Manager documentation 7-2NTPs 7-1number of NEs, maximum, in SOC 4-18

OOADMs 6-10OAM features 3-1OAM&P features 3-1OC-192/STM-64 XR 5-26

circuit pack 5-16single regenerator interface 4-15

off-ramp10G WT 2-112.5G WT 2-11

on-ramp10G, WT 2-102.5G, WT 2-10

OPCcables 6-29definition 4-18Ethernet DCC bridge 4-20locating within SOC 4-21OPC UI 3-17software features 3-5software load and OPC building

block 6-34


span of controlmultiple spans of control 4-21

support 3-5, 3-7, 4-57open optical interface (OOI) 2-3

10G WT 4-152.5G WT 4-15

Operations, administration, and maintenance features 3-1

OPTera Long Haul 1600 platform 2-14OPTera Long Haul 1600 Repeater 2-16optical cables 6-25optical interface

specifications 5-15optical Internet, building 1-2optical service channel 3-20ordering 6-1orderwire (OW) 3-2, 4-57

cables 6-30OSC 6-20

external communications 3-20overlay, wavelength 4-56overview

CLUI 3-19document 1-1network 2-1OPTera Long Haul 1600 1-2optical network systems 1-4

OW 3-2, 4-57, 6-30

Ppairing boundaries and G-naming 4-22

MOR Plus amplifier and 1625 nm amplifier 4-23

parallel telemetry (PT)cables 6-30output 5-14

performance monitoring (PM) 3-4platform, OPTera Long Haul 1600 2-14PM 3-4POPC location 4-21power 4-4power feeds

six 4-4two 4-4

power optimizer interworking 4-27power requirements 5-10

ard

Index 9-5

circuit pack power estimates 5-12grounding and isolation 5-11installation requirements 5-11power distribution 5-10

Preside documentation 7-2PT 5-14, 6-30PT’parallel telemetry 4-17

RRelease 1.2 2-17Release 1.5 2-17Repeater Network Application Guide,

NTY311AX 1-15Repeater, OPTera Long Haul 1600 2-16routing 3-8

level 1 3-8level 2 3-11

rulesengineering rules 4-1system rules 4-21

Ssafety 5-2SC 4-16second extension shelf 4-22service

requirements 1-8transparency 2-5

shelfcontrol shelf 4-12second extension shelf 4-22shelf controller (SC) 4-16

site engineering 5-2six power feeds 4-4SOC 4-21

engineering guidelines 3-6multiple SOC 4-21size 4-21

softwarebuilding blocks 6-32licenses 6-32OPC features 3-5

software load 6-31, 6-36maintenance interface (MI) and software

load 6-33tape, software load 6-35

Rep

span of controlengineering guidelines 3-6multiple spans of control 4-21

specificationscircuit pack 5-15

10G WT 5-162.5G WT 5-16MOR Plus amplifier 5-16MOR Plus/1625 nm OSC 5-16OC-192/STM-64 XR 5-16

DWDM couplers 5-16environmental 5-8

altitude 5-9atmospheric dust 5-9mechanical shock and vibration 5-9non-operational ambient

temperature 5-8operational ambient temperature 5-8relative humidity 5-8

mechanical 5-6floor loading 5-7thermal loading 5-7

optical interface 5-15technical 5-1

storarge module 6-36support

INM 3-6MOR Plus 1-17OPC 3-5, 3-7, 4-57technical 8-1

susceptibility/immunity 5-13system rules 4-21

Ttape, software load 6-35technical information 8-1technical specifications 5-1

maximum cable length 5-6safety 5-2site engineering 5-2

technical support 8-1technologies, key 1-6terminology

3R 2-5inserted 2-5pass-through 2-5


9-6 Index

recalculated 2-5regenerated 2-5terminated 2-5transparent 2-5

topology 2-5traffic routing

express 1-9local 1-9

transparency, service 2-5transport interfaces 6-11two power feeds 4-4

UUI enhancements

CLUI 3-17OPC UI 3-17WUI 3-17

upgrades 3-21user interface cables 6-27User interface enhancements

CLUI 3-17OPC UI 3-17WUI 3-17

Wwavelength grid, Nortel Networks ITU-T

compliant 1-7, 1-8wavelength leasing 1-9Wavelength Translator application 2-8WDM couplers 6-10WT

10G circuit pack 5-1610G off-ramp 2-1110G on-ramp 2-102.5G DWDM 5-292.5G off-ramp 2-112.5G on-ramp 2-10application 2-8circuit packs 4-23

WUI 3-17

XXR circuit packs 4-23

ard

Nortel Networks

OPTera Long Haul 1600 Optical Line SystemRepeater Network Application Guide

Copyright 2000 Nortel Networks, All Rights Reserved.

The information contained herein is the property of Nortel Networks and is strictly confidential. Except as expressly authorized in writing by Nortel Networks, the holder shall keep all information contained herein confidential, shall disclose it only to its employees with a need to know, and shall protect it, in whole or in part, from disclosure and dissemination to third parties with the same degree of care it uses to protect its own confidential information, but with no less than reasonable care. Except as expressly authorized in writing by Nortel Networks, the holder is granted no rights to use the information contained herein.

*Nortel Networks, the Nortel Networks logo, the Globemark, How the World Shares Ideas, S/DMS TransportNode, OPTera, Preside, and Unified Networks are trademarks of Nortel Networks.

VT100 is a trademark of Digital Equipment Corporation.UNIX is a trademark of X/Open Company Ltd.

Standard Rel 1.2 and 1.5 Issue 5 July 2000Printed in Canada and in the United Kingdom

repeater network application guide

Documents